1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
132 /// return the declaration of that type.
133 ///
134 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
135 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
136 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
137 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
138 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
139 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
140                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
141                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
142                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
143                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
144                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
145                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
146   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
147   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
148   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
149     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
150     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
151       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
152   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
153     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
154 
155     if (!LookupCtx) {
156       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
157         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
158         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
159         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
160         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
161         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
162         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
163         //
164         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
165         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
166         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
167           return ParsedType();
168 
169         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
170         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
171         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
172           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
173 
174         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
175         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
176                                        II, NameLoc);
177         return ParsedType::make(T);
178       }
179 
180       return ParsedType();
181     }
182 
183     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
184         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
185       return ParsedType();
186   }
187 
188   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
189   // lookup for class-names.
190   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
191                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
192   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
193   if (LookupCtx) {
194     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
195     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
196     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
197     // nested-name-specifier.
198     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
199 
200     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
201       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
202       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
203       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
204       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
205       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
206       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
207       LookupName(Result, S);
208     }
209   } else {
210     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
211     LookupName(Result, S);
212   }
213 
214   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
215   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
216   case LookupResult::NotFound:
217   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
218     if (CorrectedII) {
219       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
220       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
221                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
222                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
223       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
224       TemplateTy Template;
225       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
226       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
227       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
228       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
229       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
230       if (SS && NNS) {
231         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
232         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
233       }
234       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
235           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
236           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
237           // is handled elsewhere).
238           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
239             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
240                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
241         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
242                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
243                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
244                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
245         if (Ty) {
246           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
247                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
248                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
249           if (SS && NNS)
250             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
251           *CorrectedII = NewII;
252           return Ty;
253         }
254       }
255     }
256     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
257   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
258   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
259     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
260     return ParsedType();
261 
262   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
263     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
264     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
265     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
266     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
267     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
268     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
269       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
270       return ParsedType();
271     }
272 
273     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
274     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
275          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
276       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
277         if (!IIDecl ||
278             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
279               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
280           IIDecl = *Res;
281       }
282     }
283 
284     if (!IIDecl) {
285       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
286       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
287       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
288       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
289       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
290       // a type name.
291       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
292       return ParsedType();
293     }
294 
295     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
296     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
297     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
298     // perform the name lookup again.
299     break;
300 
301   case LookupResult::Found:
302     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
303     break;
304   }
305 
306   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
307 
308   QualType T;
309   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
310     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
311 
312     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
313 
314     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
315     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
316     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
317     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
318       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
319         // Construct a type with type-source information.
320         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
321         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
322 
323         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
324         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
325         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
326         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
327         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
328       } else {
329         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
330       }
331     }
332   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
333     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
334     if (!HasTrailingDot)
335       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
336   }
337 
338   if (T.isNull()) {
339     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
340     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
341     return ParsedType();
342   }
343   return ParsedType::make(T);
344 }
345 
346 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
347 static NestedNameSpecifier *
348 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
349   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
350     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
351     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
352     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
353       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
354     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
355       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
356                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
357     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
358       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
359   }
360   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
361 }
362 
363 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
364                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
365   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
366   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
367   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
368 
369   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
370   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
371   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
372   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
373       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
374   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
375 
376   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
377   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
378   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
379   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
380   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
381 
382   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
383   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
384   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
385   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
386   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
387   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
388 }
389 
390 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
391 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
392 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
393 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
394 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
395 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
396   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
397   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
398   LookupName(R, S, false);
399   R.suppressDiagnostics();
400   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
401     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
402       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
403       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
404       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
405       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
406       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
407       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
408       }
409     }
410 
411   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
412 }
413 
414 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
415 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
416 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
417 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
418 /// @code
419 /// template<class T> class A {
420 /// public:
421 ///   typedef int TYPE;
422 /// };
423 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
424 /// public:
425 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
426 /// };
427 /// @endcode
428 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
429   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
430     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
431 
432     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
433     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
434       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
435         return true;
436     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
437   }
438   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
439 }
440 
441 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
442                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
443                                    Scope *S,
444                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
445                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
446                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
447   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
448   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
449 
450   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
451   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
452   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
453   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
454                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
455                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
456     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
457       // We corrected to a keyword.
458       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
459       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
460     } else {
461       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
462       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
463         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
464                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
465       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
466         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
467         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
468                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
469         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
470                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
471                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
472       } else {
473         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
474       }
475 
476       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
477       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
478         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
479                           SourceRange(IILoc));
480       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
481                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
482                                   false, ParsedType(),
483                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
484                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
485     }
486     return true;
487   }
488 
489   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
490     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
491     UnqualifiedId Name;
492     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
493     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
494     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
495     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
496     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
497                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
498                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
499       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
500       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
501       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
502         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
503           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
504       }
505       return true;
506     }
507   }
508 
509   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
510   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
511 
512   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
513     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
514   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
515     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
516       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
517   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
518     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
519     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
520       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
521 
522     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
523       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
524       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
525       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
526     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
527                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
528   } else {
529     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
530            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
531   }
532 
533   return true;
534 }
535 
536 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
537 /// or
538 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
539   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
540                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
541 
542   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
543     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
544       return true;
545 
546     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
547       return true;
548   }
549 
550   return false;
551 }
552 
553 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
554                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
555                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
556                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
557   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
558   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
559   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
560     StringRef FixItTagName;
561     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
562       case TTK_Class:
563         FixItTagName = "class ";
564         break;
565 
566       case TTK_Enum:
567         FixItTagName = "enum ";
568         break;
569 
570       case TTK_Struct:
571         FixItTagName = "struct ";
572         break;
573 
574       case TTK_Interface:
575         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
576         break;
577 
578       case TTK_Union:
579         FixItTagName = "union ";
580         break;
581     }
582 
583     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
584     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
585       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
586       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
587 
588     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
589          I != IEnd; ++I)
590       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
591         << Name << TagName;
592 
593     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
594     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
595     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
596     return true;
597   }
598 
599   return false;
600 }
601 
602 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
603 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
604                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
605   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
606 
607   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
608   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
609 
610   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
611   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
612   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
613   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
614   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
615 }
616 
617 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
618                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
619                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
620                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
621                                             const Token &NextToken,
622                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
623                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
624   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
625   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
626 
627   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
628     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
629                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
630   }
631 
632   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
633   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
634 
635   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
636   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
637   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
638   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
639   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
640     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
641     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
642       return E;
643   }
644 
645   bool SecondTry = false;
646   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
647 
648 Corrected:
649   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
650   case LookupResult::NotFound:
651     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
652     // call.
653     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
654       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
655       // FIXME: Reference?
656       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
657         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
658 
659       // C90 6.3.2.2:
660       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
661       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
662       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
663       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
664       //   the function call, the declaration
665       //
666       //     extern int identifier ();
667       //
668       //   appeared.
669       //
670       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
671       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
672         Result.addDecl(D);
673         Result.resolveKind();
674         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
675       }
676     }
677 
678     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
679     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
680     // "struct", or "union".
681     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
682         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
683       break;
684     }
685 
686     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
687     // close to this name.
688     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
689       SecondTry = true;
690       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
691                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
692                                                  &SS, *CCC,
693                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
694         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
695         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
696 
697         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
698         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
699           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
700         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
701             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
702           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
703           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
704         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
705                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
706                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
707                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
708           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
709           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
710         }
711 
712         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
713           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
714         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
715           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
716           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
717                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
718           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
719                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
720                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
721         }
722 
723         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
724         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
725 
726         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
727         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
728           return Name;
729 
730         // Also update the LookupResult...
731         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
732         Result.clear();
733         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
734         if (FirstDecl)
735           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
736 
737         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
738         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
739         // reference the ivar.
740         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
741         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
742           Result.clear();
743           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
744           return E;
745         }
746 
747         goto Corrected;
748       }
749     }
750 
751     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
752     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
753     return NameClassification::Unknown();
754 
755   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
756     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
757     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
758     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
759 
760     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
761     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
762     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
763     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
764     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
765     //
766     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
767     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
768     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
769     // keyword here.
770     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
771                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
772                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
773   }
774 
775   case LookupResult::Found:
776   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
777   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
778     break;
779 
780   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
781     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
782         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
783       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
784       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
785       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
786       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
787       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
788       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
789       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
790       //   ambiguous.
791       //
792       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
793       // so try again after filtering out template names.
794       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
795       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
796         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
797         break;
798       }
799     }
800 
801     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
802     return NameClassification::Error();
803   }
804 
805   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
806       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
807     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
808     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
809     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
810     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
811     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
812     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
813     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
814       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
815 
816     if (!Result.empty()) {
817       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
818       bool IsVarTemplate;
819       TemplateName Template;
820       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
821         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
822         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
823                                                      Result.end());
824       } else {
825         TemplateDecl *TD
826           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
827         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
828         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
829 
830         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
831           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
832                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
833                                                       TD);
834         else
835           Template = TemplateName(TD);
836       }
837 
838       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
839         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
840         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
841         // to based on which function we selected.
842         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
843 
844         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
845       }
846 
847       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
848                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
849     }
850   }
851 
852   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
853   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
854     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
855     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
856     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
857       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
858     return ParsedType::make(T);
859   }
860 
861   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
862   if (!Class) {
863     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
864     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
865             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
866       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
867   }
868 
869   if (Class) {
870     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
871 
872     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
873       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
874       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
875       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
876       return NameClassification::Unknown();
877     }
878 
879     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
880     return ParsedType::make(T);
881   }
882 
883   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
884   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
885     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
886         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
887 
888   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
889   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
890   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
891   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
892        (NextIsOp &&
893         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
894       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
895     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
896     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
897     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
898     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
899       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
900     return ParsedType::make(T);
901   }
902 
903   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
904     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
905                                            nullptr);
906 
907   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
908   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
909 }
910 
911 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
912 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
913 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
914 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
915 
916   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
917   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
918   // the context we'll need to return to.
919   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
920   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
921   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
922   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
923   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
924   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
925   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
926   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
927   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
928   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
929     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
930 
931     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
932     // lexical context.
933     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
934       return DC;
935 
936     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
937     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
938     // class is the context we need to return to.
939     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
940       DC = RD;
941 
942     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
943     // declared in.
944     return DC;
945   }
946 
947   return DC->getLexicalParent();
948 }
949 
950 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
951   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
952       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
953   CurContext = DC;
954   S->setEntity(DC);
955 }
956 
957 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
958   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
959 
960   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
961   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
962 }
963 
964 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
965 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
966 ///
967 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
968   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
969   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
970   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
971   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
972   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
973   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
974   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
975   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
976   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
977   //   namespace.
978   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
979   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
980   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
981   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
982   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
983 
984   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
985 
986 #ifndef NDEBUG
987   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
988   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
989   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
990 #endif
991 
992   CurContext = DC;
993   S->setEntity(DC);
994 }
995 
996 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
997   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
998 
999   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1000   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1001   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1002   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1003   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1004 
1005   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1006   // disappear.
1007 }
1008 
1009 
1010 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1011   // We assume that the caller has already called
1012   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1013   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1014   if (!FD)
1015     return;
1016 
1017   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1018   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1019   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1020     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1021   CurContext = FD;
1022   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1023 
1024   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1025     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1026     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1027     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1028       S->AddDecl(Param);
1029       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1030     }
1031   }
1032 }
1033 
1034 
1035 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1036   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1037   // rather than the top-level class.
1038   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1039   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1040   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1041 }
1042 
1043 
1044 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1045 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1046 ///
1047 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1048 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1049 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1050 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1051 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1052 /// attribute.
1053 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1054                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1055   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1056     return true;
1057 
1058   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1059     return true;
1060 
1061   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1062           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1063 }
1064 
1065 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1066 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1067   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1068   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1069   // scope.
1070   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1071     S = S->getParent();
1072 
1073   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1074   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1075   // into any context.
1076   if (AddToContext)
1077     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1078 
1079   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1080   // are function-local declarations.
1081   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1082       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1083         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1084       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1085     return;
1086 
1087   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1088   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1089       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1090     return;
1091 
1092   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1093   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1094                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1095   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1096     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1097       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1098       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1099 
1100       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1101       break;
1102     }
1103   }
1104 
1105   S->AddDecl(D);
1106 
1107   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1108     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1109     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1110     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1111     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1112       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1113       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1114         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1115           continue;
1116       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1117         break;
1118     }
1119 
1120     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1121   } else {
1122     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1123   }
1124 }
1125 
1126 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1127   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1128     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1129 }
1130 
1131 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1132                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1133   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1134 }
1135 
1136 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1137   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1138   do {
1139     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1140       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1141         return S;
1142   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1143 
1144   return nullptr;
1145 }
1146 
1147 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1148                                             DeclContext*,
1149                                             ASTContext&);
1150 
1151 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1152 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1153 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1154                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1155                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1156   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1157   while (F.hasNext()) {
1158     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1159 
1160     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1161       continue;
1162 
1163     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1164       continue;
1165 
1166     F.erase();
1167   }
1168 
1169   F.done();
1170 }
1171 
1172 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1173   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1174          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1175          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1176 }
1177 
1178 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1179 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1180   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1181   while (F.hasNext())
1182     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1183       F.erase();
1184 
1185   F.done();
1186 }
1187 
1188 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1189 /// @code
1190 /// class S {
1191 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1192 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1193 /// };
1194 /// @endcode
1195 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1196   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1197   // the decl here.
1198   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1199     return false;
1200 
1201   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1202     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1203   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1204     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1205   return false;
1206 }
1207 
1208 // We need this to handle
1209 //
1210 // typedef struct {
1211 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1212 // } A;
1213 //
1214 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1215 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1216 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1217 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1218 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1219 // not.
1220 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1221   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1222   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1223     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1224       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1225         return true;
1226     }
1227     DC = DC->getParent();
1228   }
1229 
1230   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1231 }
1232 
1233 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1234 // these semantics.
1235 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1236   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1237     return false;
1238   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1239 }
1240 
1241 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1242   assert(D);
1243 
1244   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1245     return false;
1246 
1247   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1248   // of members of class templates.
1249   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1250       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1251     return false;
1252 
1253   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1254     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1255       return false;
1256 
1257     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1258       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1259         return false;
1260     } else {
1261       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1262       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1263         return false;
1264     }
1265 
1266     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1267         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1268       return false;
1269   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1270     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1271     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1272     // like "inline".)
1273     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1274       return false;
1275 
1276     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1277       return false;
1278 
1279     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1280         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1281       return false;
1282   } else {
1283     return false;
1284   }
1285 
1286   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1287   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1288   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1289   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1290 }
1291 
1292 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1293   if (!D)
1294     return;
1295 
1296   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1297     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1298     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1299       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1300   }
1301 
1302   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1303     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1304     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1305       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1306   }
1307 
1308   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1309     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1310 }
1311 
1312 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1313   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1314     return false;
1315 
1316   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1317       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1318     return false;
1319 
1320   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1321     return true;
1322 
1323   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1324   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1325       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1326     return false;
1327 
1328   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1329   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1330 
1331     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1332     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1333 
1334     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1335     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1336       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1337         return false;
1338     }
1339 
1340     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1341     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1342     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1343       return false;
1344 
1345     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1346       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1347       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1348         return false;
1349 
1350       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1351         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1352           return false;
1353 
1354         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1355           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1356                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1357             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1358           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1359             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1360           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1361             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1362             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1363               return false;
1364           }
1365         }
1366       }
1367     }
1368 
1369     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1370   }
1371 
1372   return true;
1373 }
1374 
1375 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1376                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1377   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1378     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1379                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1380     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1381       return;
1382     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1383                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1384   }
1385   return;
1386 }
1387 
1388 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1389 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1390 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1391   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1392     return;
1393 
1394   FixItHint Hint;
1395   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1396 
1397   unsigned DiagID;
1398   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1399     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1400   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1401     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1402   else
1403     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1404 
1405   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1406 }
1407 
1408 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1409   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1410   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1411   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1412   if (L->getStmt() == nullptr)
1413     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1414 }
1415 
1416 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1417   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1418 
1419   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1420   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1421          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1422 
1423   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1424     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1425 
1426     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1427     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1428 
1429     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1430 
1431     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1432     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1433       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1434 
1435     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1436     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1437       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1438 
1439     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1440     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1441   }
1442 }
1443 
1444 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1445 ///
1446 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1447 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1448 /// to the fixed name.
1449 ///
1450 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1451 ///
1452 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1453 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1454 ///
1455 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1456 /// class could not be found.
1457 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1458                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1459                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1460   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1461   // creation from this context.
1462   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1463 
1464   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1465     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1466     // find an Objective-C class name.
1467     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1468     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1469                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1470                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1471       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1472       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1473       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1474     }
1475   }
1476   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1477   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1478   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1479       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1480   return Def;
1481 }
1482 
1483 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1484 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1485 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1486 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1487 /// ill-formed in C++:
1488 /// @code
1489 /// struct S6 {
1490 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1491 /// };
1492 ///
1493 /// void test_S6() {
1494 ///   struct S6 a;
1495 ///   a.e = BAR;
1496 /// }
1497 /// @endcode
1498 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1499 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1500 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1501 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1502 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1503 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1504 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1505 /// contain non-field names.
1506 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1507   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1508          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1509          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1510     S = S->getParent();
1511   return S;
1512 }
1513 
1514 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1515 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1516 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1517 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1518 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1519                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1520   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1521     return;
1522   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1523 
1524   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1525                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1526   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1527   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1528     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1529       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1530 }
1531 
1532 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1533 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1534 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1535 /// built-in.
1536 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1537                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1538                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1539   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1540 
1541   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1542 
1543   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1544   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1545   switch (Error) {
1546   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1547     // Okay
1548     break;
1549 
1550   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1551     if (ForRedeclaration)
1552       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1553         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1554     return nullptr;
1555 
1556   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1557     if (ForRedeclaration)
1558       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1559         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1560     return nullptr;
1561 
1562   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1563     if (ForRedeclaration)
1564       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1565         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1566     return nullptr;
1567   }
1568 
1569   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1570     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1571       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1572       << R;
1573     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1574         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1575           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1576       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1577         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1578         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1579   }
1580 
1581   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1582   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1583     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1584         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1585                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1586     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1587     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1588     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1589   }
1590 
1591   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1592                                            Parent,
1593                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1594                                            SC_Extern,
1595                                            false,
1596                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1597   New->setImplicit();
1598 
1599   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1600   // FunctionDecl.
1601   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1602     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1603     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1604       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1605           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1606                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1607                               SC_None, nullptr);
1608       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1609       Params.push_back(parm);
1610     }
1611     New->setParams(Params);
1612   }
1613 
1614   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1615   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1616 
1617   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1618   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1619   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1620   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1621   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1622   CurContext = Parent;
1623   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1624   CurContext = SavedContext;
1625   return New;
1626 }
1627 
1628 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1629 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1630 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1631 /// entity.
1632 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1633                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1634                                               LookupResult &previous){
1635   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1636   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1637     return;
1638 
1639   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1640   if (previous.empty())
1641     return;
1642 
1643   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1644   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1645     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1646 
1647     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1648     if (!old->isHidden())
1649       continue;
1650 
1651     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1652       filter.erase();
1653   }
1654 
1655   filter.done();
1656 }
1657 
1658 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1659   QualType OldType;
1660   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1661     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1662   else
1663     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1664   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1665 
1666   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1667     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1668     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1669     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1670       << Kind << NewType;
1671     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1672       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1673     New->setInvalidDecl();
1674     return true;
1675   }
1676 
1677   if (OldType != NewType &&
1678       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1679       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1680       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1681     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1682     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1683       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1684     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1685       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1686     New->setInvalidDecl();
1687     return true;
1688   }
1689   return false;
1690 }
1691 
1692 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1693 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1694 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1695 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1696 ///
1697 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1698   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1699   // merging checks.
1700   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1701 
1702   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1703   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1704   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1705     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1706     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1707     default: break;
1708     case 2:
1709       {
1710         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1711           break;
1712         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1713         if (!T->isPointerType())
1714           break;
1715         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1716           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1717           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1718             break;
1719         }
1720         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1721         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1722         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1723         return;
1724       }
1725     case 5:
1726       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1727         break;
1728       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1729       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1730       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1731       return;
1732     case 3:
1733       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1734         break;
1735       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1736       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1737       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1738       return;
1739     }
1740     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1741   }
1742 
1743   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1744   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1745   if (!Old) {
1746     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1747       << New->getDeclName();
1748 
1749     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1750     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1751       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1752 
1753     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1754   }
1755 
1756   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1757   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1758     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1759 
1760   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1761   // with any extensions enabled.
1762   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1763     return;
1764 
1765   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1766   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1767   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1768     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1769     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1770   }
1771 
1772   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1773     return;
1774 
1775   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1776     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1777     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1778     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1779     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1780     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1781       return;
1782 
1783     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1784     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1785     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1786     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1787     //
1788     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1789     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1790     //
1791     //   struct S {
1792     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1793     //   };
1794     //
1795     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1796     // allow the above but disallow
1797     //
1798     //   struct S {
1799     //     typedef int I;
1800     //     typedef int I;
1801     //   };
1802     //
1803     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1804     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1805       return;
1806 
1807     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1808       << New->getDeclName();
1809     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1810     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1811   }
1812 
1813   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1814   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1815     return;
1816 
1817   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1818   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1819   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1820   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1821   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1822       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1823        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1824     return;
1825 
1826   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1827     << New->getDeclName();
1828   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1829   return;
1830 }
1831 
1832 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1833 /// attribute.
1834 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1835   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1836   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1837   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1838     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1839       if (Ann) {
1840         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1841           return true;
1842         continue;
1843       }
1844       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1845       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1846         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1847       return true;
1848     }
1849 
1850   return false;
1851 }
1852 
1853 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1854   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1855     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1856   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1857     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1858   return true;
1859 }
1860 
1861 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1862 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1863 ///
1864 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1865 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1866   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1867   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1868   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1869   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
1870   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1871   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1872     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1873     // in a case like:
1874     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1875     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1876     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1877     // definition in such a case.
1878     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1879       return false;
1880 
1881     if (I->isAlignas())
1882       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1883 
1884     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1885     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1886       OldAlign = Align;
1887       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1888     }
1889   }
1890 
1891   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1892   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1893   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1894   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1895     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1896       return false;
1897 
1898     if (I->isAlignas())
1899       NewAlignasAttr = I;
1900 
1901     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1902     if (Align > NewAlign)
1903       NewAlign = Align;
1904   }
1905 
1906   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1907     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1908     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1909     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1910     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1911 
1912     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1913     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1914     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1915       QualType Ty;
1916       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1917         Ty = VD->getType();
1918       else
1919         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1920 
1921       if (OldAlign == 0)
1922         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1923       if (NewAlign == 0)
1924         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1925     }
1926 
1927     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1928       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1929         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1930         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1931       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1932     }
1933   }
1934 
1935   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1936     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1937     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1938     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1939     //   equivalent alignment.
1940     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1941     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1942     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1943     //   have no alignment specifier.
1944     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1945       << OldAlignasAttr;
1946     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1947       << OldAlignasAttr;
1948   }
1949 
1950   bool AnyAdded = false;
1951 
1952   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1953   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1954     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1955     Clone->setInherited(true);
1956     New->addAttr(Clone);
1957     AnyAdded = true;
1958   }
1959 
1960   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1961   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1962       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1963     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1964     Clone->setInherited(true);
1965     New->addAttr(Clone);
1966     AnyAdded = true;
1967   }
1968 
1969   return AnyAdded;
1970 }
1971 
1972 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
1973                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
1974   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
1975   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1976   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1977     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1978                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1979                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1980                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1981                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1982   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1983     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1984                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1985   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1986     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1987                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1988   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1989     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1990                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1991   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1992     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1993                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1994   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1995     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1996                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1997                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1998   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1999     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2000                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2001   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2002     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2003                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2004                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2005   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2006     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2007     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2008     NewAttr = nullptr;
2009   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2010     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2011 
2012   if (NewAttr) {
2013     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2014     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2015     return true;
2016   }
2017 
2018   return false;
2019 }
2020 
2021 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2022   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2023     return TD->getDefinition();
2024   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2025     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2026     if (Def)
2027       return Def;
2028     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2029   }
2030   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2031     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2032     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2033       return Def;
2034   }
2035   return nullptr;
2036 }
2037 
2038 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2039   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2040     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2041       return true;
2042   return false;
2043 }
2044 
2045 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2046 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2047 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2048   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2049     return;
2050 
2051   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2052   if (!Def || Def == New)
2053     return;
2054 
2055   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2056   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2057     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2058 
2059     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2060       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2061         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2062       else {
2063         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2064         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2065                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2066                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2067                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2068         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2069         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2070         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2071       }
2072       ++I;
2073       continue;
2074     }
2075 
2076     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2077       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2078       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2079         ++I;
2080         continue;
2081       }
2082     }
2083 
2084     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2085       ++I;
2086       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2087     }
2088 
2089     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2090       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2091       ++I;
2092       continue;
2093     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2094       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2095         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2096         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2097         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2098         //   equivalent alignment.
2099         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2100         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2101         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2102         //   have no alignment specifier.
2103         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2104           << AA;
2105         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2106           << AA;
2107         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2108         --E;
2109         continue;
2110       }
2111     }
2112 
2113     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2114            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2115     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2116     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2117     --E;
2118   }
2119 }
2120 
2121 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2122 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2123                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2124   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2125     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2126     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2127     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2128   }
2129 
2130   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2131     return;
2132 
2133   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2134   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2135 
2136   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2137     return;
2138 
2139   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2140 
2141   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2142   // we process them.
2143   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2144 
2145   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2146     bool Override = false;
2147     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2148     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2149         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2150         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2151       switch (AMK) {
2152       case AMK_None:
2153         continue;
2154 
2155       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2156         break;
2157 
2158       case AMK_Override:
2159         Override = true;
2160         break;
2161       }
2162     }
2163 
2164     // Already handled.
2165     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2166       continue;
2167 
2168     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2169       foundAny = true;
2170   }
2171 
2172   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2173     foundAny = true;
2174 
2175   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2176 }
2177 
2178 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2179 /// to the new one.
2180 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2181                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2182                                      Sema &S) {
2183   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2184   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2185   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2186   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2187   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2188   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2189     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2190            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2191     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2192     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2193     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2194       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2195     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2196       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2197     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2198            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2199   }
2200 
2201   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2202     return;
2203 
2204   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2205 
2206   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2207   // done before we process them.
2208   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2209 
2210   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2211     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2212       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2213         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2214       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2215       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2216       foundAny = true;
2217     }
2218   }
2219 
2220   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2221 }
2222 
2223 namespace {
2224 
2225 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2226 /// C.
2227 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2228   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2229   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2230   QualType PromotedType;
2231 };
2232 
2233 }
2234 
2235 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2236 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2237   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2238     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2239       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2240 
2241     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2242       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2243 
2244     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2245       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2246   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2247     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2248   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2249     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2250   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2251     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2252   }
2253 
2254   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2255 }
2256 
2257 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2258 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2259 /// GNU89 mode.
2260 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2261                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2262   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2263           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2264           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2265           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2266 }
2267 
2268 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2269   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2270   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2271     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2272   return AT;
2273 }
2274 
2275 template <typename T>
2276 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2277   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2278   if (DC->isRecord())
2279     return false;
2280 
2281   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2282   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2283     return true;
2284   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2285     return true;
2286   return false;
2287 }
2288 
2289 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2290 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2291 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2292 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2293 ///
2294 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2295 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2296 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2297 /// merged with.
2298 ///
2299 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2300 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2301                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2302   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2303   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2304   if (!Old) {
2305     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2306       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2307         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2308         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2309              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2310         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2311              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2312         return true;
2313       }
2314 
2315       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2316       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2317       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2318       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2319       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2320 
2321       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2322       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2323       if (Old &&
2324           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2325               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2326           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2327         Old = nullptr;
2328 
2329       if (!Old) {
2330         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2331         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2332              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2333         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2334         return true;
2335       }
2336       OldD = Old;
2337     } else {
2338       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2339         << New->getDeclName();
2340       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2341       return true;
2342     }
2343   }
2344 
2345   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2346   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2347     return true;
2348 
2349   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2350   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2351   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2352   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2353   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2354     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2355   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2356     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2357     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2358       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2359   } else
2360     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2361 
2362   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2363   // is an extern inline function.
2364   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2365   // storage classes.
2366   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2367       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2368       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2369       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2370       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2371     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2372       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2373       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2374     } else {
2375       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2376       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2377       return true;
2378     }
2379   }
2380 
2381 
2382   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2383   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2384   // convention of the first.
2385   //
2386   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2387   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2388   //
2389   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2390   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2391   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2392   //
2393   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2394   // other tests to run.
2395   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2396   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2397   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2398   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2399   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2400   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2401   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2402 
2403   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2404     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2405     const FunctionType *FT =
2406         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2407     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2408     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2409     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2410       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2411       // there but not here.
2412       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2413       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2414     } else {
2415       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2416       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2417       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2418         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2419         << !FirstCCExplicit
2420         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2421             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2422 
2423       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2424       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2425       return true;
2426     }
2427   }
2428 
2429   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2430   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2431     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2432     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2433   }
2434 
2435   // Merge regparm attribute.
2436   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2437       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2438     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2439       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2440         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2441         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2442       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2443       return true;
2444     }
2445 
2446     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2447     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2448   }
2449 
2450   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2451   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2452     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2453       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2454       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2455       return true;
2456     }
2457 
2458     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2459     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2460   }
2461 
2462   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2463     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2464     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2465     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2466     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2467     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2468   }
2469 
2470   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2471   // UndefinedButUsed.
2472   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2473       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2474       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2475       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2476       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2477     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2478                                            SourceLocation()));
2479 
2480   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2481   // about it.
2482   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2483       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2484     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2485   }
2486 
2487   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2488     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2489     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2490     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2491     //        cannot be overloaded.
2492 
2493     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2494     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2495     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2496     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2497     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2498     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2499         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2500              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2501              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2502     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2503         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2504              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2505              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2506     QualType ResQT;
2507     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2508         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2509           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2510       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2511           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2512         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2513       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2514         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2515           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2516                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2517         else
2518           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2519         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2520         return true;
2521       }
2522       else
2523         NewQType = ResQT;
2524     }
2525 
2526     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2527     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2528     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2529       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2530       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2531       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2532       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2533         New->setType(
2534             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2535                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2536                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2537         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2538             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2539                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2540                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2541       }
2542     }
2543 
2544     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2545     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2546     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2547       // Preserve triviality.
2548       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2549 
2550       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2551       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2552       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2553       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2554                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2555                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2556       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2557 
2558       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2559           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2560         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2561         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2562         //       is a static member function declaration.
2563         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2564           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2565           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2566           return true;
2567         }
2568 
2569         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2570         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2571         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2572         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2573         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2574           unsigned NewDiag;
2575           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2576             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2577           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2578             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2579           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2580             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2581           else
2582             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2583 
2584           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2585         } else {
2586           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2587             << New << New->getType();
2588         }
2589         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2590 
2591       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2592       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2593       //
2594       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2595       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2596       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2597         if (isFriend) {
2598           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2599         } else {
2600           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2601                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2602             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2603           return true;
2604         }
2605       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2606         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2607              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2608           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2609         return true;
2610       }
2611     }
2612 
2613     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2614     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2615     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2616     //   attribute.
2617     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2618     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2619       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2620       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2621            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2622     }
2623 
2624     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2625     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2626     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2627     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2628     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2629     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2630       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2631            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2632       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2633            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2634     }
2635 
2636     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2637     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2638     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2639     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2640 
2641     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2642     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2643     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2644       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2645       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2646         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2647       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2648       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2649     }
2650 
2651     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2652       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2653       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2654       //
2655       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2656       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2657       // linkage within class scope.
2658       //
2659       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2660       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2661         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2662         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2663       } else {
2664         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2665         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2666         return true;
2667       }
2668     }
2669 
2670     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2671       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2672 
2673     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2674         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2675       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2676       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2677       // when we instantiate the function.
2678       return false;
2679     }
2680 
2681     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2682   }
2683 
2684   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2685   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2686   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2687       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2688     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2689     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2690     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2691     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2692         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2693       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2694       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2695       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2696       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2697       NewQType =
2698           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2699                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2700       New->setType(NewQType);
2701       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2702 
2703       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2704       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2705       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2706         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2707                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2708                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2709                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2710         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2711         Param->setImplicit();
2712         Params.push_back(Param);
2713       }
2714 
2715       New->setParams(Params);
2716     }
2717 
2718     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2719   }
2720 
2721   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2722   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2723   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2724   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2725   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2726   // the prototype.
2727   //
2728   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2729   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2730   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2731   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2732   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2733       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2734       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2735       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2736     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2737     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2738     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2739       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2740     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2741       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2742 
2743     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2744     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2745                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2746     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2747     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2748          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2749       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2750       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2751       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2752                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2753         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2754       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2755                                             NewParm->getType(),
2756                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2757         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2758                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2759         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2760         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2761       } else
2762         LooseCompatible = false;
2763     }
2764 
2765     if (LooseCompatible) {
2766       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2767         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2768              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2769           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2770           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2771         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2772           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2773                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2774       }
2775 
2776       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2777         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2778                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2779       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2780     }
2781 
2782     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2783   }
2784 
2785   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2786   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2787 
2788   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2789   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2790   unsigned BuiltinID;
2791   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2792     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2793     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2794     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2795       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2796       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2797         << Old << Old->getType();
2798 
2799       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2800       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2801       //
2802       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2803       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2804       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2805       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2806       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2807       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2808         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2809 
2810       return false;
2811     }
2812 
2813     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2814   }
2815 
2816   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2817   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2818   return true;
2819 }
2820 
2821 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2822 /// known to be compatible.
2823 ///
2824 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2825 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2826 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2827 /// redeclaration of Old.
2828 ///
2829 /// \returns false
2830 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2831                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2832   // Merge the attributes
2833   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2834 
2835   // Merge "pure" flag.
2836   if (Old->isPure())
2837     New->setPure();
2838 
2839   // Merge "used" flag.
2840   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2841     New->setIsUsed();
2842 
2843   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2844   // declarations.
2845   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2846     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2847       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2848                                *this);
2849 
2850   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2851     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2852 
2853   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2854   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2855   // was visible.
2856   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2857   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2858     New->setType(Merged);
2859 
2860   return false;
2861 }
2862 
2863 
2864 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2865                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2866 
2867   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2868   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2869     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2870                                                    : AMK_Override;
2871   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2872 
2873   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2874   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2875                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2876   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2877          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2878        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2879     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2880 
2881   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2882 }
2883 
2884 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2885 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2886 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2887 ///
2888 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2889 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2890 /// is attached.
2891 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2892                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2893   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2894     return;
2895 
2896   QualType MergedT;
2897   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2898     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2899       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2900       return;
2901     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2902       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2903       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2904     }
2905     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2906     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2907     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2908     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2909     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2910     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2911              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2912       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2913       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2914       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2915                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2916         MergedT = New->getType();
2917     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2918                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2919       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2920       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2921       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2922                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2923         MergedT = Old->getType();
2924     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2925                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2926       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2927                                               Old->getType());
2928     }
2929   } else {
2930     // C 6.2.7p2:
2931     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2932     //   compatible type.
2933     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2934   }
2935   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2936     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2937     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2938     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2939     // equivalent.
2940     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2941     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2942          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2943       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2944       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2945       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2946       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2947         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2948       return;
2949     }
2950 
2951     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2952     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2953     //
2954     //   extern int arr[];
2955     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2956     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2957     //
2958     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2959     // to diagnose it.
2960     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2961       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2962     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2963     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2964   }
2965 
2966   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2967   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2968   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2969     New->setType(MergedT);
2970 }
2971 
2972 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2973                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2974   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2975   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2976   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2977   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2978   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2979   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2980   //
2981   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2982   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2983     return false;
2984 
2985   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2986     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2987     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2988     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2989     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2990     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2991            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2992             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2993   } else {
2994     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2995     // type unless we're in the same function.
2996     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2997            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2998   }
2999 }
3000 
3001 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3002 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3003 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3004 ///
3005 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3006 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3007 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3008 ///
3009 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3010   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3011   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3012     return;
3013 
3014   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3015 
3016   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3017   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3018   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3019   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3020     if (NewTemplate) {
3021       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3022       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3023     } else
3024       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3025   }
3026   if (!Old) {
3027     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3028       << New->getDeclName();
3029     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3030          diag::note_previous_definition);
3031     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3032   }
3033 
3034   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3035     return;
3036 
3037   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3038   if (NewTemplate &&
3039       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3040                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3041                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3042     return;
3043 
3044   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3045   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3046   //
3047   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3048   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3049     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3050       << New->getIdentifier();
3051     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3052     New->setInvalidDecl();
3053   }
3054 
3055   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3056   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3057   // declaration
3058   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3059       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3060       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3061     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3062     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3063     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3064     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3065   }
3066 
3067   // Merge the types.
3068   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3069 
3070   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3071     return;
3072 
3073   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3074   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3075       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3076       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3077     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3078     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3079     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3080   }
3081   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3082   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3083   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3084   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3085   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3086   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3087   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3088   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3089   //   identifier has external linkage.
3090   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3091     /* Okay */;
3092   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3093            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3094            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3095     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3096     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3097     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3098   }
3099 
3100   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3101   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3102       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3103     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3104     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3105     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3106   }
3107   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3108       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3109     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3110     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3111     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3112   }
3113 
3114   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3115 
3116   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3117   // need to check for mismatches.
3118   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3119       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3120       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3121         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3122     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3123     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3124     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3125   }
3126 
3127   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3128     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3129       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3130       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3131     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3132       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3133       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3134     } else {
3135       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3136       // static and dynamic initialization.
3137       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3138       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3139       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3140         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3141       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3142     }
3143   }
3144 
3145   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3146   const VarDecl *Def;
3147   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3148       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3149       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3150     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3151     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3152     New->setInvalidDecl();
3153     return;
3154   }
3155 
3156   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3157     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3158     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3159     New->setInvalidDecl();
3160     return;
3161   }
3162 
3163   // Merge "used" flag.
3164   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3165     New->setIsUsed();
3166 
3167   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3168   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3169   if (NewTemplate)
3170     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3171 
3172   // Inherit access appropriately.
3173   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3174   if (NewTemplate)
3175     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3176 }
3177 
3178 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3179 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3180 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3181                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3182   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3183 }
3184 
3185 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3186   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3187     return;
3188 
3189   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3190     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3191     // it is anonymous.
3192     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3193       return;
3194     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3195         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3196     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3197         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3198     return;
3199   }
3200 
3201   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3202   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3203   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3204           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3205                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3206     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3207         Tag,
3208         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3209   }
3210 }
3211 
3212 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3213 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3214 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3215 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3216                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3217                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3218                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3219   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3220   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3221   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3222       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3223       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3224       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3225       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3226     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3227 
3228     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3229       return nullptr;
3230 
3231     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3232     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3233     // it's a Type.
3234     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3235       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3236     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3237       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3238   }
3239 
3240   if (Tag) {
3241     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3242     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3243     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3244       return Tag;
3245   }
3246 
3247   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3248     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3249     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3250     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3251       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3252            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3253            << DS.getSourceRange();
3254   }
3255 
3256   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3257     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3258     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3259     if (Tag)
3260       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3261         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3262             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3263             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3264             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3265     else
3266       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3267     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3268     return TagD;
3269   }
3270 
3271   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3272 
3273   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3274     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3275     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3276     if (TagD && !Tag)
3277       return nullptr;
3278     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3279   }
3280 
3281   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3282   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3283     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3284   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3285       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3286     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3287     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3288     // or an explicit specialization.
3289     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3290     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3291       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3292           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3293           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3294           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3295       << SS.getRange();
3296     return nullptr;
3297   }
3298 
3299   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3300   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3301 
3302   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3303   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3304     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3305         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3306       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3307           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3308         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3309 
3310       DeclaresAnything = false;
3311     }
3312   }
3313 
3314   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3315   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3316       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3317       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3318     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3319     //   struct STRUCT;
3320     // and
3321     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3322     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3323     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3324         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3325          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3326       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3327         << DS.getSourceRange();
3328       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3329     }
3330   }
3331 
3332   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3333   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3334       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3335     return TagD;
3336 
3337   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3338       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3339     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3340       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3341           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3342         DeclaresAnything = false;
3343 
3344   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3345     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3346     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3347       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3348         << DS.getSourceRange();
3349     else
3350       DeclaresAnything = false;
3351   }
3352 
3353   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3354       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3355     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3356       << Tag->getTagKind()
3357       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3358 
3359   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3360 
3361   // C 6.7/2:
3362   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3363   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3364   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3365   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3366   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3367   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3368   //   previous declaration.
3369   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3370     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3371     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3372     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3373     return TagD;
3374   }
3375 
3376   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3377   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3378   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3379   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3380   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3381   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3382   //
3383   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3384   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3385   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3386     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3387 
3388   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3389   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3390   // useless.
3391   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3392     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3393       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3394       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3395       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3396     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3397       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3398         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3399   }
3400 
3401   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3402     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3403       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3404   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3405     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3406       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3407     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3408       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3409     // Restrict is covered above.
3410     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3411       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3412   }
3413 
3414   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3415   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3416   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3417   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3418     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3419     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3420         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3421         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3422         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3423         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3424       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3425       while (attrs) {
3426         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3427         << attrs->getName()
3428         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3429             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3430             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3431             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3432         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3433       }
3434     }
3435   }
3436 
3437   return TagD;
3438 }
3439 
3440 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3441 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3442 ///
3443 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3444 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3445                                          Scope *S,
3446                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3447                                          DeclarationName Name,
3448                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3449                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3450   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3451                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3452   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3453 
3454   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3455     return false;
3456 
3457   // Pick a representative declaration.
3458   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3459   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3460 
3461   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3462     return false;
3463 
3464   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3465   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3466 
3467   return true;
3468 }
3469 
3470 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3471 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3472 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3473 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3474 /// struct, e.g.,
3475 ///
3476 /// @code
3477 /// union {
3478 ///   int i;
3479 ///   float f;
3480 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3481 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3482 /// @endcode
3483 ///
3484 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3485 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3486 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3487                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3488                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3489                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3490                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3491                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3492   unsigned diagKind
3493     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3494                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3495 
3496   bool Invalid = false;
3497 
3498   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3499   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3500     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3501         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3502       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3503       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3504                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3505         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3506         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3507         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3508         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3509         Invalid = true;
3510       } else {
3511         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3512         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3513         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3514         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3515         //   anonymous union is declared.
3516         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3517         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3518           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3519             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3520         else
3521           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3522 
3523         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3524         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3525           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3526         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3527           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3528 
3529         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3530           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3531                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3532                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3533 
3534         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3535         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3536         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3537 
3538         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3539         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3540 
3541         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3542       }
3543     }
3544   }
3545 
3546   return Invalid;
3547 }
3548 
3549 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3550 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3551 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3552 static StorageClass
3553 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3554   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3555   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3556          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3557   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3558   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3559   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3560     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3561       return SC_None;
3562     return SC_Extern;
3563   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3564   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3565   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3566   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3567     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3568   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3569   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3570   }
3571   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3572 }
3573 
3574 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3575   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3576 
3577   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3578     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3579     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3580       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3581     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3582       return FD->getLocation();
3583   }
3584 
3585   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3586 }
3587 
3588 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3589                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3590   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3591     return;
3592 
3593   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3594   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3595 }
3596 
3597 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3598                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3599   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3600     return;
3601 
3602   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3603 }
3604 
3605 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3606 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3607 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3608 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3609 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3610                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3611                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3612                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3613   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3614 
3615   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3616   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3617     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3618   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3619     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3620   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3621     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3622 
3623   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3624   // structs/unions.
3625   bool Invalid = false;
3626   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3627     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3628     unsigned DiagID;
3629     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3630       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3631       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3632       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3633       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3634           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3635            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3636             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3637         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3638           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3639 
3640         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3641         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3642                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3643       }
3644       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3645       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3646       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3647       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3648                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3649         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3650              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3651           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3652 
3653         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3654         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3655                                SourceLocation(),
3656                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3657       }
3658     }
3659 
3660     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3661     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3662       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3663         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3664           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3665           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3666       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3667         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3668              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3669           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3670           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3671       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3672         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3673              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3674           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3675           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3676       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3677         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3678              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3679           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3680           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3681 
3682       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3683     }
3684 
3685     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3686     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3687     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3688     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3689     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3690       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3691         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3692         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3693         //   members (clause 11).
3694         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3695         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3696           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3697             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3698           Invalid = true;
3699         }
3700 
3701         // C++ [class.union]p1
3702         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3703         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3704         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3705         //   array of such objects.
3706         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3707           Invalid = true;
3708       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3709         // Any implicit members are fine.
3710       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3711         // This is a type that showed up in an
3712         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3713         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3714         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3715       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3716         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3717             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3718           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3719           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3720             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3721               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3722           else {
3723             // This is a nested type declaration.
3724             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3725               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3726             Invalid = true;
3727           }
3728         } else {
3729           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3730           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3731           // not part of standard C++.
3732           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3733                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3734             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3735         }
3736       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3737         // Any access specifier is fine.
3738       } else {
3739         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3740         // member. Complain about it.
3741         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3742         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3743           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3744         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3745           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3746         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3747           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3748 
3749         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3750         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3751             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3752           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3753             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3754         else {
3755           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3756               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3757           Invalid = true;
3758         }
3759       }
3760     }
3761 
3762     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3763     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3764     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3765     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3766         Owner->isRecord())
3767       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3768                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3769   }
3770 
3771   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3772     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3773       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3774     Invalid = true;
3775   }
3776 
3777   // Mock up a declarator.
3778   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3779   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3780   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3781 
3782   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3783   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3784   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3785     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3786                              DS.getLocStart(),
3787                              Record->getLocation(),
3788                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3789                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3790                              TInfo,
3791                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3792                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3793     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3794     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3795       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3796   } else {
3797     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3798     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3799     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3800       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3801       // an error here
3802       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3803       Invalid = true;
3804       SC = SC_None;
3805     }
3806 
3807     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3808                            DS.getLocStart(),
3809                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3810                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3811                            TInfo, SC);
3812 
3813     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3814     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3815     // initializer:
3816     //   union { int n = 0; };
3817     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3818   }
3819   Anon->setImplicit();
3820 
3821   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3822   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3823 
3824   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3825   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3826   // its members.
3827   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3828 
3829   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3830   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3831   // purposes.
3832   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3833   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3834 
3835   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3836                                           Chain, false))
3837     Invalid = true;
3838 
3839   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3840     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3841       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3842       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3843               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3844                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3845         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3846         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3847       }
3848     }
3849   }
3850 
3851   if (Invalid)
3852     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3853 
3854   return Anon;
3855 }
3856 
3857 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3858 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3859 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3860 /// Example:
3861 ///
3862 /// struct A { int a; };
3863 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3864 ///
3865 /// void foo() {
3866 ///   B var;
3867 ///   var.a = 3;
3868 /// }
3869 ///
3870 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3871                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3872 
3873   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3874   if (!Record)
3875     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3876 
3877   // Mock up a declarator.
3878   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3879   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3880   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3881 
3882   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3883   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3884                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3885                              DS.getLocStart(),
3886                              DS.getLocStart(),
3887                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3888                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3889                              TInfo,
3890                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3891                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3892   Anon->setImplicit();
3893 
3894   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3895   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3896 
3897   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3898   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3899   // purposes.
3900   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3901   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3902 
3903   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3904   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3905                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3906                                                         Chain, true))
3907     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3908 
3909   return Anon;
3910 }
3911 
3912 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3913 /// given Declarator.
3914 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3915   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3916 }
3917 
3918 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3919 DeclarationNameInfo
3920 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3921   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3922   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3923 
3924   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3925 
3926   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3927   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3928     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3929     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3930     return NameInfo;
3931 
3932   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3933     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3934                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3935     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3936     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3937       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3938     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3939       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3940     return NameInfo;
3941 
3942   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3943     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3944                                                            Name.Identifier));
3945     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3946     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3947     return NameInfo;
3948 
3949   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3950     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3951     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3952     if (Ty.isNull())
3953       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3954     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3955                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3956     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3957     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3958     return NameInfo;
3959   }
3960 
3961   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3962     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3963     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3964     if (Ty.isNull())
3965       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3966     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3967                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3968     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3969     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3970     return NameInfo;
3971   }
3972 
3973   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3974     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3975     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3976     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3977     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3978     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3979       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3980 
3981     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3982     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3983 
3984     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3985     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3986     // was qualified.
3987 
3988     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3989                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3990     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3991     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3992     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
3993     return NameInfo;
3994   }
3995 
3996   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3997     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3998     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3999     if (Ty.isNull())
4000       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4001     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4002                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4003     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4004     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4005     return NameInfo;
4006   }
4007 
4008   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4009     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4010     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4011     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4012   }
4013 
4014   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4015 
4016   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4017 }
4018 
4019 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4020   do {
4021     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4022       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4023     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4024       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4025     else
4026       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4027   } while (true);
4028 }
4029 
4030 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4031 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4032 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4033 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4034 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4035 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4036 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4037 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4038                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4039                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4040                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4041   Params.clear();
4042   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4043     return false;
4044   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4045     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4046     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4047 
4048     // The parameter types are identical
4049     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4050       continue;
4051 
4052     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4053     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4054     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4055     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4056 
4057     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4058         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4059       Params.push_back(Idx);
4060     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4061       return false;
4062   }
4063 
4064   return true;
4065 }
4066 
4067 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4068 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4069 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4070 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4071 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4072 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4073                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4074   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4075   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4076   //   - types which will become injected class names
4077   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4078   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4079   // few cases here.
4080 
4081   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4082   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4083   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4084   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4085   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4086   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4087     // Grab the type from the parser.
4088     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4089     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4090     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4091 
4092     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4093     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4094     // attached already.
4095     if (!TSI)
4096       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4097 
4098     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4099     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4100     if (!TSI) return true;
4101 
4102     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4103     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4104     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4105     break;
4106   }
4107 
4108   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4109   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4110     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4111     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4112     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4113     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4114     break;
4115   }
4116 
4117   default:
4118     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4119     break;
4120   }
4121 
4122   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4123   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4124     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4125 
4126     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4127     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4128     // pointer.
4129     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4130       continue;
4131 
4132     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4133     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4134     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4135       return true;
4136   }
4137 
4138   return false;
4139 }
4140 
4141 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4142   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4143   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4144 
4145   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4146       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4147     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4148 
4149   return Dcl;
4150 }
4151 
4152 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4153 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4154 ///   name different from T:
4155 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4156 ///     - every member function of class T
4157 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4158 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4159 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4160                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4161   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4162 
4163   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4164     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4165       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4166       return true;
4167     }
4168 
4169   return false;
4170 }
4171 
4172 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4173 /// nested-name-specifier.
4174 ///
4175 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4176 ///
4177 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4178 /// resolves.
4179 ///
4180 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4181 ///
4182 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4183 ///
4184 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4185 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4186                                         DeclarationName Name,
4187                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4188   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4189   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4190     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4191 
4192   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4193   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4194   //
4195   // class X {
4196   //   void X::f();
4197   // };
4198   //
4199   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4200   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4201   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4202     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4203       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4204                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4205         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4206       SS.clear();
4207     } else {
4208       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4209     }
4210     return false;
4211   }
4212 
4213   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4214   // declaration.
4215   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4216     if (Cur->isRecord())
4217       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4218         << Name << SS.getRange();
4219     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4220       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4221         << Name << SS.getRange();
4222     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4223       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4224         << Name << SS.getRange();
4225     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4226       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4227         << Name << SS.getRange();
4228     else
4229       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4230       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4231 
4232     return true;
4233   }
4234 
4235   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4236     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4237     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4238       << Name << SS.getRange();
4239     SS.clear();
4240 
4241     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4242     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4243     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4244     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4245          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4246         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4247                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4248       return true;
4249 
4250     return false;
4251   }
4252 
4253   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4254   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4255   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4256   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4257   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4258     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4259   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4260         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4261     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4262       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4263 
4264   return false;
4265 }
4266 
4267 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4268                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4269   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4270   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4271   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4272 
4273   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4274   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4275   if (!Name) {
4276     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4277       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4278            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4279         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4280     return nullptr;
4281   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4282     return nullptr;
4283 
4284   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4285   // we find one that is.
4286   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4287          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4288     S = S->getParent();
4289 
4290   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4291   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4292     D.setInvalidType();
4293   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4294     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4295                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4296       return nullptr;
4297 
4298     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4299     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4300     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4301       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4302       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4303       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4304       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4305       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4306            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4307         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4308         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4309       return nullptr;
4310     }
4311     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4312 
4313     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4314         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4315       return nullptr;
4316 
4317     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4318       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4319            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4320         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4321       D.setInvalidType();
4322     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4323       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4324                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4325         if (DC->isRecord())
4326           return nullptr;
4327 
4328         D.setInvalidType();
4329       }
4330     }
4331 
4332     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4333     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4334     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4335         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4336       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4337       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4338         D.setInvalidType();
4339     }
4340   }
4341 
4342   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4343     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4344     // Just return early; it's safer.
4345     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4346       return nullptr;
4347 
4348   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4349   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4350 
4351   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4352                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4353     D.setInvalidType();
4354 
4355   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4356                         ForRedeclaration);
4357 
4358   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4359   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4360     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4361     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4362 
4363     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4364     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4365     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4366     //
4367     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4368     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4369     // the same name.
4370     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4371       /* Do nothing*/;
4372     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4373              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4374               R->isFunctionType())) {
4375       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4376       CreateBuiltins =
4377           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4378     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4379                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4380       CreateBuiltins = true;
4381 
4382     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4383       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4384 
4385     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4386   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4387     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4388 
4389     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4390     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4391     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4392     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4393     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4394     //  thereof; [...]
4395     //
4396     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4397     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4398     // we want to match. For example, given:
4399     //
4400     //   class X {
4401     //     void f();
4402     //     void f(float);
4403     //   };
4404     //
4405     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4406     //
4407     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4408     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4409     // matches.
4410 
4411     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4412     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4413     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4414     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4415     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4416   }
4417 
4418   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4419       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4420     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4421     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4422       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4423                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4424 
4425     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4426     Previous.clear();
4427   }
4428 
4429   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4430   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4431   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4432   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4433   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4434       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4435     Previous.clear();
4436 
4437   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4438   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4439   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4440     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4441 
4442   NamedDecl *New;
4443 
4444   bool AddToScope = true;
4445   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4446     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4447       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4448       return nullptr;
4449     }
4450 
4451     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4452   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4453     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4454                                   TemplateParamLists,
4455                                   AddToScope);
4456   } else {
4457     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4458                                   AddToScope);
4459   }
4460 
4461   if (!New)
4462     return nullptr;
4463 
4464   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4465   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4466   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4467        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4468     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4469     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4470     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4471     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4472     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4473     if (!AddToContext)
4474       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4475   }
4476 
4477   return New;
4478 }
4479 
4480 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4481 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4482 /// GCC compatibility).
4483 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4484                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4485                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4486                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4487   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4488   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4489   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4490   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4491   SizeIsNegative = false;
4492   Oversized = 0;
4493 
4494   if (T->isDependentType())
4495     return QualType();
4496 
4497   QualifierCollector Qs;
4498   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4499 
4500   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4501     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4502     QualType FixedType =
4503         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4504                                             Oversized);
4505     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4506     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4507     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4508   }
4509   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4510     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4511     QualType FixedType =
4512         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4513                                             Oversized);
4514     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4515     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4516     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4517   }
4518 
4519   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4520   if (!VLATy)
4521     return QualType();
4522   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4523   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4524     return QualType();
4525 
4526   llvm::APSInt Res;
4527   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4528       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4529     return QualType();
4530 
4531   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4532   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4533     SizeIsNegative = true;
4534     return QualType();
4535   }
4536 
4537   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4538   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4539     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4540                                               Res);
4541   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4542     Oversized = Res;
4543     return QualType();
4544   }
4545 
4546   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4547                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4548 }
4549 
4550 static void
4551 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4552   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4553     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4554     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4555                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4556     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4557     return;
4558   }
4559   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4560     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4561     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4562                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4563     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4564     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4565     return;
4566   }
4567   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4568   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4569   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4570   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4571   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4572   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4573   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4574   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4575 }
4576 
4577 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4578 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4579 /// GCC compatibility).
4580 static TypeSourceInfo*
4581 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4582                                               ASTContext &Context,
4583                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4584                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4585   QualType FixedTy
4586     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4587                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4588   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4589     return nullptr;
4590   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4591   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4592                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4593   return FixedTInfo;
4594 }
4595 
4596 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4597 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4598 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4599 /// function-scope declarations.
4600 void
4601 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4602   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4603       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4604     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4605     return;
4606 
4607   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4608   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4609   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4610   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4611 }
4612 
4613 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4614   if (ExternalSource) {
4615     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4616     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4617     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4618     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4619     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4620       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4621         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4622       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4623         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4624     }
4625   }
4626 
4627   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4628   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4629 }
4630 
4631 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4632 /// does not identify a function.
4633 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4634   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4635   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4636   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4637     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4638          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4639 
4640   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4641     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4642          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4643 
4644   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4645     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4646          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4647 
4648   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4649     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4650          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4651 }
4652 
4653 NamedDecl*
4654 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4655                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4656   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4657   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4658     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4659       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4660     D.setInvalidType();
4661     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4662     DC = CurContext;
4663     Previous.clear();
4664   }
4665 
4666   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4667 
4668   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4669     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4670       << 1;
4671 
4672   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4673     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4674       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4675     return nullptr;
4676   }
4677 
4678   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4679   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4680 
4681   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4682   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4683 
4684   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4685 
4686   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4687   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4688   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4689   return ND;
4690 }
4691 
4692 void
4693 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4694   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4695   // then it shall have block scope.
4696   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4697   // that redeclarations will match.
4698   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4699   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4700   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4701     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4702 
4703     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4704       bool SizeIsNegative;
4705       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4706       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4707         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4708                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4709                                                       Oversized);
4710       if (FixedTInfo) {
4711         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4712         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4713       } else {
4714         if (SizeIsNegative)
4715           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4716         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4717           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4718         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4719           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4720             << Oversized.toString(10);
4721         else
4722           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4723         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4724       }
4725     }
4726   }
4727 }
4728 
4729 
4730 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4731 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4732 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4733 NamedDecl*
4734 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4735                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4736   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4737   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4738   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4739                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4740   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4741   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4742     Redeclaration = true;
4743     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4744   }
4745 
4746   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4747   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4748     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4749         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4750       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4751         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4752       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4753         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4754       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4755         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4756       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4757         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4758     }
4759 
4760   return NewTD;
4761 }
4762 
4763 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4764 /// previous declaration.
4765 ///
4766 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4767 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4768 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4769 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4770 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4771 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4772 ///
4773 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4774 /// lookup
4775 ///
4776 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4777 /// declared.
4778 ///
4779 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4780 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4781 static bool
4782 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4783                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4784   if (!PrevDecl)
4785     return false;
4786 
4787   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4788     return false;
4789 
4790   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4791     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4792     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4793     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4794     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4795     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4796     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4797     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4798     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4799       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4800       return false;
4801 
4802     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4803     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4804       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4805       return false;
4806 
4807     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4808     // previous declarations.
4809     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4810     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4811 
4812     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4813     // isn't the same function.
4814     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4815       return false;
4816   }
4817 
4818   return true;
4819 }
4820 
4821 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4822   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4823   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4824   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4825 }
4826 
4827 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4828   QualType type = decl->getType();
4829   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4830   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4831     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4832     unsigned kind = -1U;
4833     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4834       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4835         kind = 0; // __block
4836       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4837         kind = 1; // global
4838     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4839       kind = 3; // ivar
4840     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4841       kind = 2; // field
4842     }
4843 
4844     if (kind != -1U) {
4845       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4846         << kind;
4847     }
4848   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4849     // Try to infer lifetime.
4850     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4851       return false;
4852 
4853     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4854     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4855     decl->setType(type);
4856   }
4857 
4858   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4859     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4860     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4861         var->getTLSKind()) {
4862       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4863         << var->getType();
4864       return true;
4865     }
4866   }
4867 
4868   return false;
4869 }
4870 
4871 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4872   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4873   // the wrong linkage.
4874   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4875 
4876   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4877   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4878     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4879       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4880       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4881     }
4882   }
4883   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4884     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4885       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4886       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4887     }
4888   }
4889 
4890   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4891   // It does not apply to functions.
4892   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4893     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4894       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4895       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4896     }
4897   }
4898 
4899   // dll attributes require external linkage.
4900   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
4901     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4902       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4903         << &ND << Attr;
4904       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4905     }
4906   }
4907   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
4908     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4909       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4910         << &ND << Attr;
4911       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4912     }
4913   }
4914 }
4915 
4916 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
4917                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
4918                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
4919   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
4920     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4921   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
4922     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4923 
4924   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
4925       return;
4926 
4927   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4928   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4929   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4930   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4931 
4932   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
4933   // inherited attribute instances.
4934   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
4935                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
4936 
4937   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
4938   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
4939   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
4940   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
4941   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
4942   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
4943     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
4944       << NewDecl
4945       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
4946     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4947     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4948     return;
4949   }
4950 
4951   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
4952   // exception being inline function definitions.
4953   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
4954   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false;
4955   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
4956     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
4957     // separately.
4958     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
4959   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl))
4960     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
4961 
4962   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember) {
4963     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
4964            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
4965       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
4966     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4967     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
4968     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4969     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4970   }
4971 }
4972 
4973 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4974 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4975 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4976 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4977   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4978 
4979   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4980   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4981 
4982   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4983   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4984     return false;
4985 
4986   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4987 
4988 #ifndef NDEBUG
4989   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4990   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4991   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4992   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4993   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4994 #endif
4995 
4996   bool isC99Inline =
4997       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
4998 
4999 #ifndef NDEBUG
5000   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5001 #endif
5002 
5003   return isC99Inline;
5004 }
5005 
5006 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5007 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5008 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5009 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5010 ///
5011 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5012 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5013 ///
5014 /// For instance:
5015 ///
5016 ///   auto x = []{};
5017 ///
5018 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5019 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5020 ///
5021 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5022 template<typename T>
5023 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5024   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5025     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5026     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5027       return false;
5028   }
5029   return D->isExternC();
5030 }
5031 
5032 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5033   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5034   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5035     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5036   if (DC->isFileContext())
5037     return true;
5038   if (DC->isRecord())
5039     return false;
5040   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5041 }
5042 
5043 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5044   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5045   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5046     return true;
5047   if (DC->isRecord())
5048     return false;
5049   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5050 }
5051 
5052 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5053                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5054   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5055     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5056       return true;
5057   return false;
5058 }
5059 
5060 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5061                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5062   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5063   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5064     return true;
5065 
5066   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5067   // position to the decl itself.
5068   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5069     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5070       return true;
5071   }
5072 
5073   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5074   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5075 }
5076 
5077 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5078 /// function-local external declaration.
5079 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5080   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5081     return false;
5082 
5083   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5084   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5085   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5086   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5087     return true;
5088 
5089   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5090   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5091   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5092   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5093   //
5094   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5095   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5096   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5097     DC = DC->getParent();
5098   return true;
5099 }
5100 
5101 NamedDecl *
5102 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5103                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5104                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5105                               bool &AddToScope) {
5106   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5107   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5108 
5109   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5110   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5111     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5112 
5113   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5114   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5115   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5116       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5117       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5118     SC = SC_Extern;
5119 
5120   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5121   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5122                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5123 
5124   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5125     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5126     QualType NR = R;
5127     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5128       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5129         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5130         D.setInvalidType();
5131         break;
5132       }
5133       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5134     }
5135 
5136     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5137       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5138       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5139       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5140         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5141         D.setInvalidType();
5142       }
5143     }
5144   }
5145 
5146   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5147     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5148     // an error here
5149     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5150     D.setInvalidType();
5151     SC = SC_None;
5152   }
5153 
5154   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5155       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5156                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5157     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5158     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5159     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5160     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5161          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5162       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5163   }
5164 
5165   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5166   if (!II) {
5167     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5168       << Name;
5169     return nullptr;
5170   }
5171 
5172   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5173 
5174   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5175     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5176     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5177     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5178     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5179       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5180       D.setInvalidType();
5181     }
5182   }
5183 
5184   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5185     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5186     // OpenCL __local address space.
5187     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5188       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5189     }
5190 
5191     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5192     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5193     // space qualifiers.
5194     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5195       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5196       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5197     }
5198 
5199     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5200     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5201     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5202     // address space qualifiers.
5203     if (R->isEventT()) {
5204       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5205         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5206         D.setInvalidType();
5207       }
5208 
5209       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5210         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5211         D.setInvalidType();
5212       }
5213     }
5214   }
5215 
5216   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5217   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5218   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5219   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5220   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5221   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5222   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5223   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5224     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5225                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5226                             R, TInfo, SC);
5227 
5228     if (D.isInvalidType())
5229       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5230   } else {
5231     bool Invalid = false;
5232 
5233     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5234       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5235       switch (SC) {
5236       case SC_None:
5237         break;
5238       case SC_Static:
5239         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5240              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5241           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5242         break;
5243       case SC_Auto:
5244       case SC_Register:
5245       case SC_Extern:
5246         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5247         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5248         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5249         // of class members
5250 
5251         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5252              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5253           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5254         break;
5255       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5256         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5257       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5258         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5259       }
5260     }
5261 
5262     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5263       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5264         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5265           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5266                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5267             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5268 
5269         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5270         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5271         if (RD->isUnion())
5272           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5273                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5274                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5275                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5276         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5277         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5278           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5279                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5280             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5281       }
5282     }
5283 
5284     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5285     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5286     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5287         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5288         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5289         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5290             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5291             : nullptr,
5292         TemplateParamLists,
5293         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5294 
5295     if (TemplateParams) {
5296       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5297           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5298         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5299         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5300         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5301              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5302           << II
5303           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5304                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5305         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5306       } else {
5307         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5308           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5309           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5310           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5311           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5312         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5313           // This is a template declaration.
5314           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5315 
5316           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5317           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5318             return nullptr;
5319 
5320           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5321           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5322                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5323                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5324                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5325         }
5326       }
5327     } else {
5328       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5329              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5330     }
5331 
5332     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5333       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5334           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5335               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5336               : SourceLocation();
5337       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5338           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5339           IsPartialSpecialization);
5340       if (Res.isInvalid())
5341         return nullptr;
5342       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5343       AddToScope = false;
5344     } else
5345       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5346                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5347 
5348     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5349     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5350       NewTemplate =
5351           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5352                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5353       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5354     }
5355 
5356     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5357     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5358     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5359       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5360 
5361     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5362       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5363       if (NewTemplate)
5364         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5365     }
5366 
5367     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5368 
5369     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5370     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5371     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5372     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5373       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5374           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5375           TemplateParamLists.data());
5376 
5377     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5378       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5379   }
5380 
5381   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5382   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5383   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5384   if (NewTemplate)
5385     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5386 
5387   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5388     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5389 
5390   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5391     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5392       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5393       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5394       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5395       //   explicitly.
5396       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5397       //   'extern'.
5398       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5399           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5400           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5401         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5402       else
5403         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5404              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5405           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5406     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5407       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5408            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5409     else
5410       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5411   }
5412 
5413   // C99 6.7.4p3
5414   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5415   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5416   //   thread storage duration...
5417   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5418   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5419   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5420   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5421   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5422   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5423       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5424     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5425     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5426       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5427            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5428       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5429     }
5430   }
5431 
5432   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5433     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5434       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5435           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5436           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5437                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5438     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5439       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5440         << 2
5441         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5442     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5443       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5444         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5445         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5446         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5447     else {
5448       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5449       if (NewTemplate)
5450         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5451     }
5452   }
5453 
5454   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5455   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5456 
5457   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5458     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5459     // storage [duration]."
5460     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5461         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5462          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5463       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5464     }
5465   }
5466 
5467   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5468   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5469   // check the VarDecl itself.
5470   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5471          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5472          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5473 
5474   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5475   // retainable type.
5476   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5477     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5478 
5479   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5480   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5481     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5482     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5483     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5484     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5485       switch (SC) {
5486       case SC_None:
5487       case SC_Auto:
5488         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5489         break;
5490       case SC_Register:
5491         // Local Named register
5492         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5493           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5494         break;
5495       case SC_Static:
5496       case SC_Extern:
5497       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5498       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5499         break;
5500       }
5501     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5502       // Global Named register
5503       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5504         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5505       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5506         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5507         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5508       }
5509     }
5510 
5511     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5512                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5513   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5514     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5515       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5516     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5517       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5518       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5519     }
5520   }
5521 
5522   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5523   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5524     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5525 
5526   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5527   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5528   // declaration has linkage).
5529   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5530                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5531                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5532                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5533 
5534   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5535   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5536   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5537       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5538     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5539         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5540         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5541 
5542   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5543     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5544   } else {
5545     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5546     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5547         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5548       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5549 
5550     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5551     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5552       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5553           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5554           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5555         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5556         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5557         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5558           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5559         Previous.clear();
5560         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5561       }
5562     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5563       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5564       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5565         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5566         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5567       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5568     }
5569 
5570     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5571       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5572 
5573     if (NewTemplate) {
5574       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5575           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5576               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5577               : nullptr;
5578 
5579       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5580       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5581       // template declaration.
5582       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5583               TemplateParams,
5584               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5585                               : nullptr,
5586               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5587                DC->isDependentContext())
5588                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5589                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5590         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5591 
5592       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5593       // template, make a note of that.
5594       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5595           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5596         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5597     }
5598   }
5599 
5600   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5601 
5602   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5603   // the map of such variables.
5604   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5605       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5606     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5607 
5608   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5609     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5610     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5611             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5612                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5613       Context.setManglingNumber(
5614           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5615       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5616     }
5617   }
5618 
5619   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5620     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5621         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5622         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5623   }
5624 
5625   if (NewTemplate) {
5626     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5627       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5628     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5629     return NewTemplate;
5630   }
5631 
5632   return NewVD;
5633 }
5634 
5635 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5636 /// -Wshadow.
5637 ///
5638 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5639 /// scope.
5640 ///
5641 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5642 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5643 ///
5644 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5645   // Return if warning is ignored.
5646   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5647         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5648     return;
5649 
5650   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5651   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5652     return;
5653 
5654   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5655 
5656   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5657   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5658     return;
5659 
5660   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5661   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5662     return;
5663 
5664   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5665   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5666     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5667       if (MD->isStatic())
5668         return;
5669 
5670   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5671     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5672       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5673       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5674       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5675         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5676           ShadowedDecl = I;
5677           break;
5678         }
5679     }
5680 
5681   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5682 
5683   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5684   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5685     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5686     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5687       return;
5688 
5689     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5690     // static data members from base classes?
5691 
5692     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5693     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5694     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5695   }
5696 
5697   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5698   unsigned Kind;
5699   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5700     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5701       Kind = 3; // field
5702     else
5703       Kind = 2; // static data member
5704   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5705     Kind = 1; // global
5706   else
5707     Kind = 0; // local
5708 
5709   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5710 
5711   // Emit warning and note.
5712   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5713     return;
5714   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5715   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5716 }
5717 
5718 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5719 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5720   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5721         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5722     return;
5723 
5724   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5725                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5726   LookupName(R, S);
5727   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5728 }
5729 
5730 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5731 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5732 template<typename T>
5733 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5734     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5735   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5736   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5737 
5738   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5739     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5740     // declaration.
5741     return false;
5742   }
5743 
5744   if (Prev) {
5745     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5746       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5747       // redeclaration.
5748       Previous.clear();
5749       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5750       return true;
5751     }
5752 
5753     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5754     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5755     // declaration.
5756     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5757       return false;
5758   } else {
5759     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5760     // translation unit which might conflict.
5761     if (IsGlobal) {
5762       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5763       IsGlobal = false;
5764       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5765            I != E; ++I) {
5766         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5767           Prev = *I;
5768           break;
5769         }
5770       }
5771     } else {
5772       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5773           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5774       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5775            I != E; ++I) {
5776         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5777           Prev = *I;
5778           break;
5779         }
5780         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5781         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5782         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5783         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5784         // diagnostic.
5785       }
5786     }
5787 
5788     if (!Prev)
5789       return false;
5790   }
5791 
5792   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5793   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5794   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5795   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5796     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5797   else
5798     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5799 
5800   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5801     << IsGlobal << ND;
5802   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5803     << IsGlobal;
5804   return false;
5805 }
5806 
5807 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5808 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5809 ///
5810 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5811 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5812 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5813 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5814 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5815 template<typename T>
5816 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5817                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5818   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5819     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5820     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5821     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5822     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5823       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5824         Previous.clear();
5825         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5826         return true;
5827       }
5828     }
5829     return false;
5830   }
5831 
5832   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5833   // declaration.
5834   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5835     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5836 
5837   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5838   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5839   // in another scope.
5840   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5841     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5842 
5843   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5844   return false;
5845 }
5846 
5847 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5848   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5849   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5850     return;
5851 
5852   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5853   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5854 
5855   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5856   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5857     return;
5858 
5859   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5860     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5861 
5862   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5863     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5864       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5865     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5866     NewVD->setType(T);
5867   }
5868 
5869   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5870   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5871   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5872   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5873   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5874     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5875     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5876     return;
5877   }
5878 
5879   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5880   // __constant address space.
5881   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5882       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5883       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5884     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5885     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5886     return;
5887   }
5888 
5889   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5890   // scope.
5891   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5892       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5893     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5894     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5895     return;
5896   }
5897 
5898   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5899       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5900     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5901       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5902     else {
5903       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5904       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5905     }
5906   }
5907 
5908   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5909   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5910       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5911     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5912 
5913   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5914       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5915     bool SizeIsNegative;
5916     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5917     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5918       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5919                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5920     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5921       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5922       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5923       // int a[10][n];
5924       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5925 
5926       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5927         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5928         << SizeRange;
5929       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5930         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5931         << SizeRange;
5932       else
5933         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5934         << SizeRange;
5935       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5936       return;
5937     }
5938 
5939     if (!FixedTInfo) {
5940       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5941         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5942       else
5943         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5944       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5945       return;
5946     }
5947 
5948     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5949     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5950     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5951   }
5952 
5953   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5954     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5955     //                    of objects and functions.
5956     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5957       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5958         << T;
5959       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5960       return;
5961     }
5962   }
5963 
5964   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5965     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5966     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5967     return;
5968   }
5969 
5970   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5971     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5972     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5973     return;
5974   }
5975 
5976   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5977       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5978                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5979     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5980     return;
5981   }
5982 }
5983 
5984 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5985 /// declaration.
5986 ///
5987 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5988 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5989 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5990 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5991 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5992 ///
5993 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5994 ///
5995 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5996 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5997   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5998 
5999   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6000   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6001     return false;
6002 
6003   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6004   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6005   if (Previous.empty() &&
6006       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6007     Previous.setShadowed();
6008 
6009   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6010   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6011 
6012   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6013     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6014     return true;
6015   }
6016   return false;
6017 }
6018 
6019 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6020 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6021   Sema *S;
6022   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6023 };
6024 
6025 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6026 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6027 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6028 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6029                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6030                                  void *UserData) {
6031   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6032 
6033   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6034     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6035 
6036   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6037 
6038   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6039   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6040     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6041     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6042     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6043 
6044     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6045   }
6046 
6047   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6048        !Path.Decls.empty();
6049        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6050     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6051     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6052       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6053         return true;
6054     }
6055   }
6056 
6057   return false;
6058 }
6059 
6060 namespace {
6061   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6062 }
6063 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6064 /// overriden methods.
6065 ///
6066 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6067 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6068 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6069 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6070                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6071   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6072   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6073                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6074        I != E; ++I) {
6075     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6076     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6077     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6078     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6079         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6080         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6081       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6082   }
6083 }
6084 
6085 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6086 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6087 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6088   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6089   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6090   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6091   Data.Method = MD;
6092   Data.S = this;
6093   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6094   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6095   bool AddedAny = false;
6096   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6097     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6098       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6099         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6100         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6101             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6102             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6103             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6104           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6105           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6106           AddedAny = true;
6107         }
6108       }
6109     }
6110   }
6111 
6112   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6113     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6114   }
6115   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6116     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6117   }
6118 
6119   return AddedAny;
6120 }
6121 
6122 namespace {
6123   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6124   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6125   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6126     Scope *S;
6127     Declarator &D;
6128     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6129     bool AddToScope;
6130   };
6131 }
6132 
6133 namespace {
6134 
6135 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6136 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6137 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6138  public:
6139   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6140                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6141       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6142         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6143 
6144   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6145     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6146       return false;
6147 
6148     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6149     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6150                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6151          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6152       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6153 
6154       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6155           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6156         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6157           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6158           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6159             return true;
6160         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6161           return true;
6162         }
6163       }
6164     }
6165 
6166     return false;
6167   }
6168 
6169  private:
6170   ASTContext &Context;
6171   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6172   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6173 };
6174 
6175 }
6176 
6177 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6178 ///
6179 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6180 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6181 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6182 /// the same name.
6183 ///
6184 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6185 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6186 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6187     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6188     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6189   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6190   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6191   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6192   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6193   TypoCorrection Correction;
6194   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6195   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6196                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6197   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6198                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6199                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6200                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6201 
6202   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6203   if (IsLocalFriend)
6204     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6205   else
6206     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6207   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6208          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6209   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6210   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6211                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6212   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6213     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6214          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6215       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6216       if (FD &&
6217           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6218         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6219         // involve a parameter
6220         unsigned ParamNum =
6221             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6222         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6223       }
6224     }
6225   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6226   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6227                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6228                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6229                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6230     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6231     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6232                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6233     Previous.clear();
6234     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6235     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6236                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6237          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6238       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6239       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6240           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6241         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6242       }
6243     }
6244     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6245 
6246     NamedDecl *Result;
6247     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6248     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6249     {
6250       // Trap errors.
6251       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6252 
6253       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6254       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6255       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6256       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6257           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6258           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6259           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6260           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6261 
6262       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6263         Result = nullptr;
6264     }
6265 
6266     if (Result) {
6267       // Determine which correction we picked.
6268       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6269       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6270            I != E; ++I)
6271         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6272           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6273 
6274       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6275           Correction,
6276           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6277                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6278                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6279             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6280       return Result;
6281     }
6282 
6283     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6284     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6285                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6286     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6287     Previous.clear();
6288     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6289   }
6290 
6291   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6292       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6293 
6294   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6295   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6296     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6297 
6298   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6299        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6300        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6301     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6302     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6303     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6304     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6305 
6306     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6307     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6308       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6309       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6310       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6311       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6312                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6313         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6314         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6315     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6316       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6317           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6318     } else
6319       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6320                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6321                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6322   }
6323   return nullptr;
6324 }
6325 
6326 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6327                                                           Declarator &D) {
6328   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6329   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6330   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6331   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6332   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6333     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6334                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6335     D.setInvalidType();
6336     break;
6337   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6338   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6339     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6340       return SC_None;
6341     return SC_Extern;
6342   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6343     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6344       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6345       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6346       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6347       //   other than extern
6348       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6349       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6350                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6351       break;
6352     } else
6353       return SC_Static;
6354   }
6355   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6356   }
6357 
6358   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6359   return SC_None;
6360 }
6361 
6362 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6363                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6364                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6365                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6366                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6367   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6368   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6369 
6370   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6371   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6372 
6373   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6374     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6375     // prototype. This true when:
6376     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6377     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6378     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6379     bool HasPrototype =
6380       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6381       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6382 
6383     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6384                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6385                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6386                                  HasPrototype, false);
6387     if (D.isInvalidType())
6388       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6389 
6390     // Set the lexical context.
6391     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6392 
6393     return NewFD;
6394   }
6395 
6396   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6397   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6398 
6399   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6400   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6401   // the class has been completely parsed.
6402   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6403       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6404           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6405           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6406     D.setInvalidType();
6407 
6408   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6409     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6410     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6411            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6412 
6413     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6414     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6415                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6416                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6417                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6418                                       isConstexpr);
6419 
6420   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6421     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6422     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6423       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6424       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6425       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6426                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6427                                         D.getLocStart(),
6428                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6429                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6430 
6431       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6432       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6433       // it yet.
6434       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6435           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6436           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6437         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6438       }
6439 
6440       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6441       return NewDD;
6442 
6443     } else {
6444       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6445       D.setInvalidType();
6446 
6447       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6448       // code path.
6449       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6450                                   D.getLocStart(),
6451                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6452                                   SC, isInline,
6453                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6454     }
6455 
6456   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6457     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6458       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6459            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6460       return nullptr;
6461     }
6462 
6463     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6464     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6465     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6466                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6467                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6468                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6469 
6470   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6471     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6472     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6473     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6474     // constructor if it has no return type).
6475     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6476         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6477       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6478         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6479         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6480       return nullptr;
6481     }
6482 
6483     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6484     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6485                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6486                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6487                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6488                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6489     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6490     return Ret;
6491   } else {
6492     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6493     // prototype. This true when:
6494     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6495     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6496                                 D.getLocStart(),
6497                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6498                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6499   }
6500 }
6501 
6502 enum OpenCLParamType {
6503   ValidKernelParam,
6504   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6505   PtrKernelParam,
6506   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6507   InvalidKernelParam,
6508   RecordKernelParam
6509 };
6510 
6511 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6512   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6513     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6514     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6515       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6516     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6517                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6518   }
6519 
6520   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6521   // be used as builtin types.
6522 
6523   if (PT->isImageType())
6524     return PtrKernelParam;
6525 
6526   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6527     return InvalidKernelParam;
6528 
6529   if (PT->isEventT())
6530     return InvalidKernelParam;
6531 
6532   if (PT->isHalfType())
6533     return InvalidKernelParam;
6534 
6535   if (PT->isRecordType())
6536     return RecordKernelParam;
6537 
6538   return ValidKernelParam;
6539 }
6540 
6541 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6542   Sema &S,
6543   Declarator &D,
6544   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6545   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6546   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6547 
6548   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6549   // used again
6550   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6551     return;
6552 
6553   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6554   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6555     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6556     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6557     // pointer to a pointer type.
6558     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6559     D.setInvalidType();
6560     return;
6561 
6562   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6563     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6564     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6565     // pointer to the private address space.
6566     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6567     D.setInvalidType();
6568     return;
6569 
6570     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6571     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6572     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6573     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6574     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6575 
6576   case InvalidKernelParam:
6577     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6578     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6579     // of event_t type.
6580     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6581     D.setInvalidType();
6582     return;
6583 
6584   case PtrKernelParam:
6585   case ValidKernelParam:
6586     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6587     return;
6588 
6589   case RecordKernelParam:
6590     break;
6591   }
6592 
6593   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6594   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6595 
6596   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6597   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6598   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6599   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6600 
6601   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6602   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6603 
6604   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6605 
6606   do {
6607     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6608     if (!Next) {
6609       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6610       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6611       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6612         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6613 
6614       continue;
6615     }
6616 
6617     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6618     // field itself) to the history stack.
6619     const RecordDecl *RD;
6620     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6621       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6622       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6623     } else {
6624       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6625     }
6626 
6627     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6628     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6629 
6630     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6631       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6632 
6633       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6634         continue;
6635 
6636       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6637       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6638         continue;
6639 
6640       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6641         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6642         continue;
6643       }
6644 
6645       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6646       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6647       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6648       // union.
6649       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6650           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6651         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6652                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6653           << PT->isUnionType()
6654           << PT;
6655       } else {
6656         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6657       }
6658 
6659       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6660         << PD->getDeclName();
6661 
6662       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6663       // the offending field came from
6664       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6665              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6666         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6667         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6668           << OuterField->getType();
6669       }
6670 
6671       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6672         << QT->isPointerType()
6673         << QT;
6674       D.setInvalidType();
6675       return;
6676     }
6677   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6678 }
6679 
6680 NamedDecl*
6681 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6682                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6683                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6684                               bool &AddToScope) {
6685   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6686 
6687   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6688 
6689   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6690   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6691   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6692   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6693 
6694   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6695     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6696          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6697       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6698 
6699   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6700     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6701 
6702   bool isFriend = false;
6703   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6704   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6705   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6706 
6707   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6708   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6709   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6710 
6711   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6712 
6713   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6714   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6715 
6716   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6717                                               isVirtualOkay);
6718   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6719 
6720   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6721     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6722 
6723   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6724   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6725   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6726   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6727 
6728   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6729     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6730 
6731   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6732     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6733     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6734     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6735     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6736     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6737     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6738       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6739       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6740       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6741       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6742     }
6743 
6744     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6745     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6746     // return true).
6747     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6748           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6749       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6750         NewFD->setPure(true);
6751     }
6752 
6753     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6754     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6755     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6756     if (D.isInvalidType())
6757       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6758 
6759     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6760     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6761     bool Invalid = false;
6762     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6763             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6764                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6765                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6766                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6767                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6768                     : nullptr,
6769                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6770                 Invalid)) {
6771       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6772         // This is a function template
6773 
6774         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6775         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6776           return nullptr;
6777 
6778         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6779         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6780           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6781           return nullptr;
6782         }
6783 
6784         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6785         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6786         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6787         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6788           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6789           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6790             Invalid = true;
6791         }
6792 
6793 
6794         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6795                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6796                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6797                                                         NewFD);
6798         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6799         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6800 
6801         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6802         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6803           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6804                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6805                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6806         }
6807       } else {
6808         // This is a function template specialization.
6809         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6810         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6811         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6812           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6813                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
6814                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6815 
6816         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6817         if (isFriend) {
6818           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6819           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6820 
6821           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6822           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6823           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6824           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6825           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6826           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6827           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6828             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6829             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6830           }
6831 
6832           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6833             << Name << RemoveRange
6834             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6835             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6836         }
6837       }
6838     }
6839     else {
6840       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6841       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6842       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6843         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6844         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6845                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6846                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6847     }
6848 
6849     if (Invalid) {
6850       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6851       if (FunctionTemplate)
6852         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6853     }
6854 
6855     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6856     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6857     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6858     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6859     //
6860     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6861       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6862         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6863              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6864       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6865         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6866         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6867              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6868           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6869       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6870         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6871         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6872         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6873              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6874           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6875       } else {
6876         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6877         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6878       }
6879 
6880       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6881           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6882         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6883     }
6884 
6885     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6886         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6887          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6888         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6889       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6890       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6891       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6892       // thing to do.
6893       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6894       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6895       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6896           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6897       QualType Result =
6898           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6899       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6900                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6901     }
6902 
6903     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6904     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6905     //  declaration.
6906     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6907       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6908         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6909         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6910              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6911           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6912       }
6913     }
6914 
6915     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6916     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6917     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6918     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6919     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6920       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6921         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6922         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6923              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6924           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6925       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6926                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6927         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6928         // or conversion function.
6929         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6930              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6931           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6932       }
6933     }
6934 
6935     if (isConstexpr) {
6936       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6937       // are implicitly inline.
6938       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6939 
6940       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6941       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6942       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6943       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6944         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6945     }
6946 
6947     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6948     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6949       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6950         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6951           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6952         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6953           << 0
6954           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6955       } else {
6956         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6957         if (FunctionTemplate)
6958           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6959       }
6960     }
6961 
6962     if (isFriend) {
6963       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6964         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6965         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6966       }
6967       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6968       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6969     }
6970 
6971     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6972     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6973     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6974     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6975       case FDK_Declaration:
6976       case FDK_Definition:
6977         break;
6978 
6979       case FDK_Defaulted:
6980         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6981         break;
6982 
6983       case FDK_Deleted:
6984         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6985         break;
6986     }
6987 
6988     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6989         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6990       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6991       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6992       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6993       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6994     }
6995 
6996     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6997         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6998       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6999       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7000       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7001       //   the class.
7002 
7003       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7004       // member function definition.
7005       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7006            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7007         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7008     }
7009 
7010     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7011     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7012     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7013     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7014     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7015          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7016         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
7017       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7018       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
7019       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7020                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7021     }
7022   }
7023 
7024   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7025   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7026                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7027                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7028                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7029 
7030   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7031   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7032     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7033     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7034     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7035                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7036   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7037     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7038       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7039     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7040       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7041       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7042     }
7043   }
7044 
7045   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7046   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7047   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7048   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7049     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7050 
7051     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7052     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7053     // single void argument.
7054     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7055     // already checks for that case.
7056     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7057       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7058         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7059         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7060         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7061         Params.push_back(Param);
7062 
7063         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7064           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7065       }
7066     }
7067 
7068   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7069     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7070     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7071     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7072     //
7073     // @code
7074     // typedef void fn(int);
7075     // fn f;
7076     // @endcode
7077 
7078     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7079     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7080       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7081           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7082       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7083       Params.push_back(Param);
7084     }
7085   } else {
7086     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7087            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7088   }
7089 
7090   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7091   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7092 
7093   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7094   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7095   //
7096   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7097   //
7098   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7099   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7100   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7101 
7102   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7103     NewFD->addAttr(
7104         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7105                                        Context, 0));
7106 
7107   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7108   // because all functions have linkage.
7109   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7110       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7111     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7112     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7113   }
7114 
7115   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7116       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7117     NewFD->addAttr(
7118         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7119                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7120                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7121     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7122                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7123       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7124   }
7125 
7126   // Handle attributes.
7127   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7128 
7129   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7130   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7131       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7132   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7133       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7134     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7135     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7136     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7137     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7138     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7139       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7140   }
7141 
7142   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7143     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7144     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7145     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7146     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7147         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7148         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7149       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7150            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7151       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7152     }
7153   }
7154 
7155   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7156     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7157     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7158     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7159       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7160 
7161     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7162       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7163 
7164     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7165       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7166                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7167     else if (!Previous.empty())
7168       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7169       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7170     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7171             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7172            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7173   } else {
7174     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7175     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7176     //
7177     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7178     //
7179     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7180     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7181     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7182         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7183         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7184       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7185            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7186         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7187 
7188     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7189     // argument list into our AST format.
7190     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7191       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7192       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7193       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7194       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7195                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7196       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7197                                  TemplateArgs);
7198 
7199       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7200 
7201       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7202         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7203       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7204         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7205         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7206           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7207 
7208         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7209       } else {
7210         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7211                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7212                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7213         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7214         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7215       }
7216     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7217       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7218       // wrote something like:
7219       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7220       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7221       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7222       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7223       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7224       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7225       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7226     }
7227 
7228     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7229     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7230     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7231     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7232     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7233     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7234         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7235          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7236             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7237             InstantiationDependent))) {
7238       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7239              "friend function specialization without template args");
7240       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7241                                                        Previous))
7242         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7243     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7244       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7245           && !isFriend) {
7246         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7247         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7248           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7249           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7250           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7251       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7252                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7253                                                            : nullptr),
7254                                                      Previous))
7255         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7256 
7257       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7258       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7259       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7260       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7261           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7262       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7263         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7264           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7265                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7266             << SC
7267             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7268                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7269 
7270         else
7271           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7272                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7273             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7274                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7275       }
7276 
7277     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7278       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7279           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7280     }
7281 
7282     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7283     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7284       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7285         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7286 
7287       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7288         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7289 
7290       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7291         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7292                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7293     }
7294 
7295     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7296             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7297            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7298 
7299     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7300                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7301                                 : NewFD);
7302 
7303     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7304       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7305       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7306         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7307 
7308       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7309       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7310     }
7311 
7312     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7313         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7314       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7315 
7316     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7317     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7318     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7319       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7320                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7321       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7322                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7323                                     : nullptr,
7324                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7325                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7326                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7327                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7328                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7329                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7330                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7331                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7332                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7333     }
7334 
7335     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7336       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7337     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7338       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7339                                        AddToScope };
7340       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7341       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7342         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7343 
7344       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7345       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7346         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7347         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7348 
7349         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7350         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7351         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7352         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7353         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7354         // can actually do this check immediately.
7355         if (isFriend &&
7356             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7357              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7358              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7359           // ignore these
7360         } else {
7361           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7362           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7363           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7364           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7365           //
7366           // class X {
7367           //   void f() const;
7368           // };
7369           //
7370           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7371           //
7372           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7373           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7374           // whether the parameter types are references).
7375 
7376           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7377                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7378             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7379             return Result;
7380           }
7381         }
7382 
7383         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7384         // to something.
7385       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7386         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7387                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7388           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7389           return Result;
7390         }
7391       }
7392 
7393     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7394                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7395                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7396                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7397       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7398       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7399       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7400       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7401       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7402       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7403       // generate them.
7404       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7405         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7406     }
7407   }
7408 
7409   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7410   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7411 
7412   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7413 
7414   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7415       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7416     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7417          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7418       << NewFD;
7419 
7420     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7421     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7422     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7423         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7424     EPI.Variadic = true;
7425     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7426 
7427     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7428     NewFD->setType(R);
7429   }
7430 
7431   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7432   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7433   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7434     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7435 
7436   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7437   // marking the function.
7438   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7439 
7440   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7441   // a pragma.
7442   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7443     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7444 
7445   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7446   // the map of such variables.
7447   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7448       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7449     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7450 
7451   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7452   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7453 
7454   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7455     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7456         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7457         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7458   }
7459 
7460   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7461     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7462       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7463         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7464       return FunctionTemplate;
7465     }
7466   }
7467 
7468   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7469     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7470     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7471         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7472       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7473       D.setInvalidType();
7474     }
7475 
7476     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7477     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7478       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7479            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7480       D.setInvalidType();
7481     }
7482 
7483     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7484     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7485       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7486   }
7487 
7488   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7489 
7490   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7491     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7492       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7493           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7494         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7495           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7496             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7497 
7498           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7499         }
7500       }
7501 
7502   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7503   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7504   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7505   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7506     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7507                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7508                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7509                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7510                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7511     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7512     AddToScope = false;
7513   }
7514 
7515   return NewFD;
7516 }
7517 
7518 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7519 ///
7520 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7521 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7522 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7523 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7524 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7525 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7526 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7527 ///
7528 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7529 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7530 ///
7531 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7532 ///
7533 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7534 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7535                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7536                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7537   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7538          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7539 
7540   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7541   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7542   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7543   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7544                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7545 
7546   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7547   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7548 
7549   bool Redeclaration = false;
7550   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7551 
7552   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7553   // the same name, if appropriate.
7554   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7555     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7556     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7557     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7558     // function to the scope.
7559     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7560       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7561       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7562         Redeclaration = true;
7563         OldDecl = Candidate;
7564       }
7565     } else {
7566       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7567                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7568       case Ovl_Match:
7569         Redeclaration = true;
7570         break;
7571 
7572       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7573         Redeclaration = true;
7574         break;
7575 
7576       case Ovl_Overload:
7577         Redeclaration = false;
7578         break;
7579       }
7580 
7581       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7582         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7583         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7584         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7585           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7586         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7587         if (Redeclaration)
7588           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7589         else if (!Previous.empty())
7590           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7591         if (OverloadedDecl)
7592           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7593                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7594         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7595       }
7596     }
7597   }
7598 
7599   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7600   if (!Redeclaration &&
7601       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7602     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7603     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7604       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7605       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7606       Redeclaration = true;
7607       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7608       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7609 
7610       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7611       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7612         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7613           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7614             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7615           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7616                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7617           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7618         }
7619         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7620           Redeclaration = false;
7621           OldDecl = nullptr;
7622         }
7623       }
7624     }
7625   }
7626 
7627   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7628   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7629   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7630   //
7631   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7632   // definition of a static member function.
7633   //
7634   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7635   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7636   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7637   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7638       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7639       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7640     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7641     if (OldDecl)
7642       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7643     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7644       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7645         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7646       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7647       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7648       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7649                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7650 
7651       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7652       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7653       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7654         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7655         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7656                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7657           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7658 
7659         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7660           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7661       }
7662     }
7663   }
7664 
7665   if (Redeclaration) {
7666     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7667     // merged.
7668     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7669       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7670       return Redeclaration;
7671     }
7672 
7673     Previous.clear();
7674     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7675 
7676     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7677                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7678       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7679       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7680         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7681       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7682       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7683             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7684         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7685         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7686       }
7687 
7688       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7689       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7690       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7691           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7692         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7693         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7694       }
7695 
7696     } else {
7697       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7698       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7699 
7700       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7701         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7702         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7703         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7704         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7705 
7706         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7707         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7708         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7709 
7710         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7711         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7712             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7713           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7714           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7715           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7716           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7717           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7718             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7719           }
7720         }
7721       }
7722     }
7723   }
7724 
7725   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7726   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7727     // C++-specific checks.
7728     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7729       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7730     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7731                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7732       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7733       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7734 
7735       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7736       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7737       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7738         DeclarationName Name
7739           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7740                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7741         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7742           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7743           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7744           return Redeclaration;
7745         }
7746       }
7747     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7748                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7749       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7750     }
7751 
7752     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7753     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7754       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7755           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7756           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7757         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7758           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7759           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7760             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7761           }
7762         }
7763       }
7764 
7765       if (Method->isStatic())
7766         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7767     }
7768 
7769     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7770     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7771         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7772       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7773       return Redeclaration;
7774     }
7775 
7776     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7777     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7778         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7779       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7780       return Redeclaration;
7781     }
7782 
7783     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7784     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7785     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7786     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7787       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7788 
7789     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7790     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7791     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7792       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7793       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7794       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7795       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7796         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7797         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7798         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7799       }
7800     }
7801 
7802     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7803     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7804     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7805     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7806     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7807       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7808       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7809         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7810             << NewFD << R;
7811       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7812                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7813         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7814     }
7815   }
7816   return Redeclaration;
7817 }
7818 
7819 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7820   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7821   if (!TSI)
7822     return SourceRange();
7823 
7824   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7825   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7826   if (!FunctionTL)
7827     return SourceRange();
7828 
7829   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7830   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7831     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7832 
7833   return SourceRange();
7834 }
7835 
7836 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7837   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7838   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7839   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7840   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7841   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7842   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7843   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7844   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7845     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7846          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7847       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7848   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7849     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7850       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7851   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7852     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7853     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7854     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7855     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7856       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7857   }
7858   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7859     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7860       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7861     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7862   }
7863 
7864   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7865     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7866         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7867     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7868     return;
7869   }
7870 
7871   QualType T = FD->getType();
7872   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7873   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7874 
7875   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7876   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7877     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7878     // set the flag which tells us that.
7879     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7880     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7881 
7882   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7883   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7884   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7885   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7886     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7887 
7888     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7889     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7890       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7891           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7892 
7893   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7894   } else {
7895     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7896     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7897       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7898           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7899     else
7900       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7901 
7902     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7903   }
7904 
7905   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7906   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7907 
7908   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7909   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7910   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7911 
7912   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7913 
7914   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7915   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7916   // getting shifty.
7917   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7918     HasExtraParameters = false;
7919 
7920   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7921     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7922     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7923     nparams = 3;
7924   }
7925 
7926   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7927   // if we had some location information about types.
7928 
7929   QualType CharPP =
7930     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7931   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7932 
7933   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7934     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7935 
7936     bool mismatch = true;
7937 
7938     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7939       mismatch = false;
7940     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7941       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7942       //   char const **
7943       //   char const * const *
7944       //   char * const *
7945 
7946       QualifierCollector qs;
7947       const PointerType* PT;
7948       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7949           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7950           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7951                               Context.CharTy)) {
7952         qs.removeConst();
7953         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7954       }
7955     }
7956 
7957     if (mismatch) {
7958       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7959       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7960       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7961     }
7962   }
7963 
7964   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7965     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7966   }
7967 
7968   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7969     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7970     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7971   }
7972 }
7973 
7974 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7975   QualType T = FD->getType();
7976   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7977   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7978 
7979   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7980   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7981   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7982       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7983       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
7984     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7985     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7986       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7987 
7988   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7989     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7990     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7991   }
7992 }
7993 
7994 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7995   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7996   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7997   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7998   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7999   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8000   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8001   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8002   // rules there don't matter.)
8003   const Expr *Culprit;
8004   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8005     return false;
8006   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8007     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8008   return true;
8009 }
8010 
8011 namespace {
8012   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8013   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8014   class SelfReferenceChecker
8015       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8016     Sema &S;
8017     Decl *OrigDecl;
8018     bool isRecordType;
8019     bool isPODType;
8020     bool isReferenceType;
8021 
8022   public:
8023     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8024 
8025     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8026                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8027       isPODType = false;
8028       isRecordType = false;
8029       isReferenceType = false;
8030       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8031         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8032         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8033         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8034       }
8035     }
8036 
8037     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8038     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8039     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8040     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8041       if (isReferenceType)
8042         return;
8043       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8044       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8045         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8046         return;
8047       }
8048 
8049       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8050         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8051         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8052         return;
8053       }
8054 
8055       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8056         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8057         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8058           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8059           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8060             return;
8061           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8062         }
8063         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8064           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8065         return;
8066       }
8067     }
8068 
8069     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8070     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8071     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8072       if (isReferenceType)
8073         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8074     }
8075 
8076     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8077       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8078           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8079         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8080 
8081       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8082     }
8083 
8084     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8085       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8086       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8087 
8088       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8089       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8090       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8091       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8092       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8093       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8094         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8095           Warn = false;
8096         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8097       }
8098 
8099       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8100         if (Warn)
8101           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8102         return;
8103       }
8104 
8105       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8106       // Visit that expression.
8107       Visit(Base);
8108     }
8109 
8110     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8111       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8112         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8113           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8114 
8115       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8116     }
8117 
8118     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8119       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8120       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8121           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8122         if (!isPODType)
8123           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8124         return;
8125       }
8126       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8127     }
8128 
8129     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8130 
8131     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8132       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8133       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8134       unsigned diag;
8135       if (isReferenceType) {
8136         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8137       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8138         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8139       } else {
8140         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8141       }
8142 
8143       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8144                             S.PDiag(diag)
8145                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8146                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8147                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8148     }
8149   };
8150 
8151   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8152   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8153                                  bool DirectInit) {
8154     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8155     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8156     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8157       return;
8158 
8159     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8160 
8161     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8162     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8163     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8164       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8165         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8166           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8167             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8168               return;
8169 
8170     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8171   }
8172 }
8173 
8174 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8175 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8176 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8177 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8178                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8179   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8180   // the initializer.
8181   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8182     return;
8183 
8184   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8185     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8186     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8187     // Thus this grotesque test.
8188     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8189     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8190         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8191       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8192     else {
8193       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8194         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8195       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8196     }
8197     return;
8198   }
8199 
8200   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8201   if (!VDecl) {
8202     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8203     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8204     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8205     return;
8206   }
8207   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8208 
8209   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8210   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8211     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8212     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8213     // contains exactly one expression.
8214     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8215       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8216         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8217         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8218         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8219              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8220                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8221           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8222           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8223         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8224         return;
8225       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8226         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8227              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8228                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8229                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8230           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8231           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8232         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8233         return;
8234       } else {
8235         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8236         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8237           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8238                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8239             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8240             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8241       }
8242     }
8243 
8244     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8245     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8246     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8247         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8248       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8249       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8250         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8251         return;
8252       }
8253       Init = Result.get();
8254       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8255     }
8256 
8257     QualType DeducedType;
8258     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8259             DAR_Failed)
8260       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8261     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8262       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8263       return;
8264     }
8265     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8266     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8267 
8268     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8269     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8270       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8271 
8272     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8273     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8274     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8275     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8276     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8277         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8278       SourceLocation Loc =
8279           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8280       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8281         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8282     }
8283 
8284     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8285     // the previously declared type.
8286     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8287       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8288       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8289       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8290     }
8291 
8292     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8293     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8294     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8295       return;
8296   }
8297 
8298   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8299   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8300     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8301     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8302     return;
8303   }
8304 
8305   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8306     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8307     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8308     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8309     return;
8310   }
8311 
8312   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8313     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8314     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8315     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8316     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8317     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8318       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8319     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8320                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8321       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8322       return;
8323     }
8324 
8325     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8326     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8327                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8328                                AbstractVariableType))
8329       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8330   }
8331 
8332   const VarDecl *Def;
8333   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8334     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8335       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8336     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8337     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8338     return;
8339   }
8340 
8341   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8342   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8343     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8344     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8345     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8346     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8347     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8348     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8349     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8350     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8351     //
8352     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8353     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8354     // declaration with an initializer.
8355     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8356       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8357           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8358       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8359       return;
8360     }
8361 
8362     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8363       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8364 
8365     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8366       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8367       return;
8368     }
8369   }
8370 
8371   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8372   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8373   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8374     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8375     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8376     return;
8377   }
8378 
8379   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8380   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8381   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8382 
8383   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8384   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8385   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8386       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8387     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8388     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8389       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8390       return;
8391     }
8392     Init = Result.get();
8393   }
8394 
8395   // Perform the initialization.
8396   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8397     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8398     InitializationKind Kind
8399       = DirectInit ?
8400           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8401                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8402                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8403                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8404                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8405                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8406                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8407 
8408     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8409     if (CXXDirectInit)
8410       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8411                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8412 
8413     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8414     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8415     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8416       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8417       return;
8418     }
8419 
8420     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8421   }
8422 
8423   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8424   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8425   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8426   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8427       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8428     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8429   }
8430 
8431   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8432   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8433   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8434   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8435   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8436     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8437 
8438   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8439     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8440 
8441     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8442       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8443 
8444     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8445     // Although this code can still have problems:
8446     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8447     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8448     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8449     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8450     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8451     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8452       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8453         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8454                                  Init->getLocStart());
8455       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8456         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8457     }
8458   }
8459 
8460   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8461   //
8462   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8463   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8464   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8465   //
8466   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8467   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8468   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8469   //
8470   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8471   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8472                                           false,
8473                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8474   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8475     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8476     return;
8477   }
8478   Init = Result.get();
8479 
8480   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8481   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8482 
8483   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8484     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8485     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8486     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8487     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8488       const Expr *Culprit;
8489       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8490         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8491       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8492       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8493       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8494       // constant expressions.
8495       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8496                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8497                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8498         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8499              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8500           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8501     }
8502   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8503              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8504     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8505     //
8506     // struct S {
8507     //   static const int value = 17;
8508     // };
8509 
8510     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8511     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8512     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8513     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8514     //
8515     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8516     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8517     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8518     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8519     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8520     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8521     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8522     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8523     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8524 
8525     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8526     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8527 
8528     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8529     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8530     // type.
8531     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8532 
8533     // Require constness.
8534     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8535       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8536         << Init->getSourceRange();
8537       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8538 
8539     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8540     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8541       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8542       SourceLocation Loc;
8543       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8544         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8545         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8546         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8547       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8548         ; // Nothing to check.
8549       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8550         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8551       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8552         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8553         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8554         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8555           << Init->getSourceRange();
8556       } else {
8557         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8558         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8559         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8560           << Init->getSourceRange();
8561         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8562       }
8563 
8564     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8565     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8566       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8567       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8568       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8569         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8570              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8571             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8572         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8573              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8574             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8575       } else {
8576         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8577           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8578 
8579         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8580           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8581             << Init->getSourceRange();
8582           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8583         }
8584       }
8585 
8586     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8587     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8588       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8589         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8590         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8591       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8592 
8593     } else {
8594       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8595         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8596       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8597     }
8598   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8599     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8600         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8601          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8602            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8603         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8604       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8605 
8606     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8607     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8608       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8609   }
8610 
8611   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8612   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8613   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8614   //
8615   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8616   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8617   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8618   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8619   // special case code.
8620 
8621   // C++ 8.5p11:
8622   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8623   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8624   // class type.
8625   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8626     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8627     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8628   } else if (DirectInit) {
8629     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8630     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8631   }
8632 
8633   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8634 }
8635 
8636 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8637 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8638 /// of sanity.
8639 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8640   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8641   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8642   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8643 
8644   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8645   if (!VD) return;
8646 
8647   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8648   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8649     D->setInvalidDecl();
8650     return;
8651   }
8652 
8653   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8654   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8655 
8656   // Require a complete type.
8657   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8658                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8659                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8660     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8661     return;
8662   }
8663 
8664   // Require a non-abstract type.
8665   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8666                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8667                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8668     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8669     return;
8670   }
8671 
8672   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8673   // though.
8674 }
8675 
8676 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8677                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8678   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8679   if (!RealDecl)
8680     return;
8681 
8682   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8683     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8684 
8685     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8686     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8687       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8688         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8689       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8690       return;
8691     }
8692 
8693     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8694     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8695     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8696     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8697     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8698     // member.
8699     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8700       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8701         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8702              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8703           << Var->getDeclName();
8704       else
8705         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8706       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8707       return;
8708     }
8709 
8710     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8711     // be initialized.
8712     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8713         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8714         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8715       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8716       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8717       return;
8718     }
8719 
8720     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8721     case VarDecl::Definition:
8722       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8723         break;
8724 
8725       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8726       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8727       // a declaration.
8728       //
8729       // Fall through
8730 
8731     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8732       // It's only a declaration.
8733 
8734       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8735       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8736       // object shall be complete.
8737       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8738           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8739           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8740                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8741         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8742 
8743       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8744       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8745           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8746                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8747                                  AbstractVariableType))
8748         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8749       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8750           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8751         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8752         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8753       }
8754 
8755       return;
8756 
8757     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8758       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8759       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8760       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8761       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8762       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8763       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8764         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8765                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8766           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8767                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8768                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8769             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8770         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8771           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8772           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8773           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8774           // NOTE: code such as the following
8775           //     static struct s;
8776           //     struct s { int a; };
8777           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8778           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8779           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8780           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8781             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8782                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8783         }
8784       }
8785 
8786       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8787       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8788         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8789       return;
8790     }
8791 
8792     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8793     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8794     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8795       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8796            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8797       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8798       return;
8799     }
8800 
8801     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8802     // definitions with reference type.
8803     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8804       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8805         << Var->getDeclName()
8806         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8807       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8808       return;
8809     }
8810 
8811     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8812     // variable with dependent type.
8813     if (Type->isDependentType())
8814       return;
8815 
8816     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8817       return;
8818 
8819     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8820                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8821                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8822       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8823       return;
8824     }
8825 
8826     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8827     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8828                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8829                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8830       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8831       return;
8832     }
8833 
8834     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8835     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8836     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8837     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8838     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8839     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8840     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8841     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8842     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8843     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8844     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8845       if (const RecordType *Record
8846             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8847         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8848         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8849         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8850         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8851         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8852           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8853       }
8854     }
8855 
8856     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8857     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8858     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8859     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8860     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8861     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8862     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8863     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8864     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8865     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8866     //   program is ill-formed.
8867     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8868     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8869     //   default-initialized; [...].
8870     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8871     InitializationKind Kind
8872       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8873 
8874     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8875     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8876     if (Init.isInvalid())
8877       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8878     else if (Init.get()) {
8879       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8880       // This is important for template substitution.
8881       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8882     }
8883 
8884     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8885   }
8886 }
8887 
8888 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8889   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8890   if (!VD) {
8891     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8892     D->setInvalidDecl();
8893     return;
8894   }
8895 
8896   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8897 
8898   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8899   int Error = -1;
8900   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8901   case SC_None:
8902     break;
8903   case SC_Extern:
8904     Error = 0;
8905     break;
8906   case SC_Static:
8907     Error = 1;
8908     break;
8909   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8910     Error = 2;
8911     break;
8912   case SC_Auto:
8913     Error = 3;
8914     break;
8915   case SC_Register:
8916     Error = 4;
8917     break;
8918   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8919     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8920   }
8921   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8922     Error = 5;
8923   if (Error != -1) {
8924     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8925       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8926     D->setInvalidDecl();
8927   }
8928 }
8929 
8930 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8931   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8932 
8933   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8934   // local retaining variable.
8935   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8936       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8937     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8938     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8939     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8940     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8941       break;
8942 
8943     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8944     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8945       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8946       break;
8947     }
8948   }
8949 
8950   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8951   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8952   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
8953   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
8954   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
8955   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8956       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8957       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8958       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8959                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8960                        var->getLocation())) {
8961     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8962     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8963     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8964       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8965 
8966     if (!prev)
8967       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8968   }
8969 
8970   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
8971     const Expr *Culprit;
8972     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8973       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8974       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8975       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8976       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8977       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8978         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8979     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
8980                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
8981                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
8982       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8983       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8984       //   initialization.
8985       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8986       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
8987         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8988       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8989         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8990     }
8991 
8992   }
8993 
8994   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8995       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8996     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
8997     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
8998     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
8999       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9000     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9001       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9002       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9003     } else {
9004       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9005       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9006     }
9007     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9008       var->addAttr(
9009           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9010                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9011                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9012     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9013       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9014         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9015   }
9016 
9017   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9018   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9019 
9020   QualType type = var->getType();
9021   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9022 
9023   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9024   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9025     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9026     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9027 
9028     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9029     // constructing this copy.
9030     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9031       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9032       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9033       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9034       ExprResult result
9035         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9036             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9037             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9038       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9039         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9040         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9041         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9042       }
9043     }
9044   }
9045 
9046   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9047   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9048   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9049 
9050   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9051       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9052     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9053         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9054                                             var->getLocation())
9055           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
9056       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9057       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9058       // warned about them.
9059       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9060       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9061           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9062         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9063           << Init->getSourceRange();
9064     }
9065 
9066     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9067       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9068       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9069         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9070         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9071         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9072         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9073               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9074           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9075           Notes.clear();
9076         }
9077         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9078           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9079         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9080           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9081       }
9082     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9083       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9084       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9085       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9086       var->checkInitIsICE();
9087     }
9088   }
9089 
9090   // Require the destructor.
9091   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9092     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9093 }
9094 
9095 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9096 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9097 void
9098 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9099   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9100   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9101 
9102   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9103   if (!VD)
9104     return;
9105 
9106   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9107 
9108   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9109   if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
9110     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9111         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9112       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9113       // with a warning.
9114       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9115         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9116       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9117           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9118           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9119 
9120       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9121            IsClassTemplateMember
9122                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9123                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9124       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9125       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9126         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9127     }
9128   }
9129 
9130   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9131     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9132       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9133       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9134     }
9135   }
9136 
9137   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9138       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9139     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9140       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9141         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9142             << VD->getDeclName();
9143         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9144         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9145       }
9146     }
9147   }
9148 
9149   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9150   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9151   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9152   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9153     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9154 
9155   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9156   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9157       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9158     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9159 
9160   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9161   // tag values.
9162   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9163       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9164     return;
9165 
9166   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9167     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9168     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9169       continue;
9170     }
9171     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9172     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9173       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9174            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9175         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9176       continue;
9177     }
9178     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9179       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9180            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9181         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9182       continue;
9183     }
9184     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9185     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9186                                MagicValue,
9187                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9188                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9189                                I->getMustBeNull());
9190   }
9191 }
9192 
9193 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9194                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9195   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9196 
9197   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9198     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9199 
9200   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9201   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9202     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9203       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9204         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9205           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9206       Decls.push_back(D);
9207     }
9208 
9209   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9210     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9211       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9212       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9213         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9214     }
9215   }
9216 
9217   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9218 }
9219 
9220 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9221 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9222 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9223 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9224                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9225   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9226   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9227   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9228   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9229   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9230   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9231   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9232   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9233     QualType Deduced;
9234     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9235     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9236     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9237       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9238         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9239         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9240         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9241           break;
9242         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9243         if (!U.isNull()) {
9244           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9245           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9246             Deduced = U;
9247             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9248             DeducedDecl = D;
9249           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9250             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9251                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9252               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9253               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9254               << U << D->getDeclName()
9255               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9256               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9257             D->setInvalidDecl();
9258             break;
9259           }
9260         }
9261       }
9262     }
9263   }
9264 
9265   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9266 
9267   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9268       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9269 }
9270 
9271 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9272   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9273 }
9274 
9275 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9276   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9277   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9278    return;
9279 
9280   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9281                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9282         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9283     return;
9284 
9285   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9286     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9287     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9288     // additional declaration references:
9289     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9290     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9291     //   'struct S *pS;'
9292     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9293     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9294     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9295       Group = Group.slice(1);
9296     }
9297   }
9298 
9299   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9300   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9301   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9302       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9303     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9304     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9305     //
9306     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9307     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9308     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9309     // ahead through comments.
9310     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9311       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9312   }
9313 }
9314 
9315 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9316 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9317 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9318   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9319 
9320   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9321 
9322   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9323   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9324   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9325     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9326   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9327              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9328     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9329   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9330     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9331          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9332     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9333   }
9334 
9335   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9336     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9337       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9338   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9339     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9340       << 0;
9341 
9342   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9343 
9344   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9345   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9346 
9347   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9348     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9349     // parameter.
9350     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9351 
9352     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9353     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9354       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9355         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9356       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9357     }
9358   }
9359 
9360   // Ensure we have a valid name
9361   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9362   if (D.hasName()) {
9363     II = D.getIdentifier();
9364     if (!II) {
9365       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9366         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9367       D.setInvalidType(true);
9368     }
9369   }
9370 
9371   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9372   if (II) {
9373     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9374                    ForRedeclaration);
9375     LookupName(R, S);
9376     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9377       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9378       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9379         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9380         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9381         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9382         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9383       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9384         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9385         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9386 
9387         // Recover by removing the name
9388         II = nullptr;
9389         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9390         D.setInvalidType(true);
9391       }
9392     }
9393   }
9394 
9395   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9396   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9397   // looking like class members in C++.
9398   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9399                                     D.getLocStart(),
9400                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9401                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9402                                     StorageClass);
9403 
9404   if (D.isInvalidType())
9405     New->setInvalidDecl();
9406 
9407   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9408   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9409   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9410                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9411 
9412   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9413   S->AddDecl(New);
9414   if (II)
9415     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9416 
9417   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9418 
9419   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9420     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9421       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9422       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9423       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9424 
9425   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9426     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9427   }
9428   return New;
9429 }
9430 
9431 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9432 /// typedef.
9433 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9434                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9435                                               QualType T) {
9436   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9437      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9438      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9439   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9440                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9441                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9442   Param->setImplicit();
9443   return Param;
9444 }
9445 
9446 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9447                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9448   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9449   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9450   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9451     return;
9452 
9453   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9454     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9455         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9456       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9457         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9458     }
9459   }
9460 }
9461 
9462 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9463                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9464                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9465                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9466   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9467     return;
9468 
9469   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9470   // threshold.
9471   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9472     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9473     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9474       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9475           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9476   }
9477 
9478   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9479   // threshold.
9480   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9481     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9482     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9483       continue;
9484     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9485     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9486       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9487           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9488   }
9489 }
9490 
9491 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9492                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9493                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9494                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9495   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9496   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9497       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9498       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9499 
9500     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9501 
9502     // Special cases for arrays:
9503     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9504     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9505     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9506       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9507         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9508             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9509             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9510       }
9511       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9512     } else {
9513       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9514     }
9515     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9516   }
9517 
9518   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9519                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9520                                          TSInfo,
9521                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9522 
9523   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9524   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9525   // the class has been completely parsed.
9526   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9527       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9528                              AbstractParamType))
9529     New->setInvalidDecl();
9530 
9531   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9532   // passed by reference.
9533   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9534     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9535     Diag(NameLoc,
9536          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9537       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9538     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9539     New->setType(T);
9540   }
9541 
9542   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9543   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9544   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9545   // an address space.
9546   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9547     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9548     // to be qualified with an address space.
9549     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9550       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9551       New->setInvalidDecl();
9552     }
9553   }
9554 
9555   return New;
9556 }
9557 
9558 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9559                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9560   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9561 
9562   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9563   // for a K&R function.
9564   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9565     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9566       --i;
9567       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
9568         SmallString<256> Code;
9569         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9570             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9571         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9572             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9573             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9574 
9575         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9576         // type.
9577         AttributeFactory attrs;
9578         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9579         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9580         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9581         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9582                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9583         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9584         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9585         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9586         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9587         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9588         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9589       }
9590     }
9591   }
9592 }
9593 
9594 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9595   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
9596   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9597   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9598 
9599   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9600   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9601   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9602 }
9603 
9604 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
9605   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
9606 }
9607 
9608 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9609                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9610   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9611   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9612     return false;
9613 
9614   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9615   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9616     return false;
9617 
9618   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9619   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9620     return false;
9621 
9622   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9623   if (FD->isMain())
9624     return false;
9625 
9626   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9627   if (FD->isInlined())
9628     return false;
9629 
9630   // Don't warn about function templates.
9631   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9632     return false;
9633 
9634   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9635   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9636     return false;
9637 
9638   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9639   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9640     return false;
9641 
9642   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9643   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9644        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9645     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9646     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9647     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9648       continue;
9649 
9650     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9651     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9652       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9653     break;
9654   }
9655 
9656   return MissingPrototype;
9657 }
9658 
9659 void
9660 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9661                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9662   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9663   // was an extern inline function.
9664   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9665   if (!Definition)
9666     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9667       return;
9668 
9669   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9670     return;
9671 
9672   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9673       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9674     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9675         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9676   else
9677     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9678 
9679   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9680   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9681 }
9682 
9683 
9684 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9685                                    Sema &S) {
9686   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9687 
9688   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9689   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9690   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9691   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9692   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9693 
9694   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9695     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9696   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9697     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9698   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9699     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9700   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9701 
9702   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9703   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9704 
9705   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9706   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9707   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9708     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9709       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9710       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9711         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9712       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9713       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9714       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9715           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9716           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9717                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9718           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9719 
9720     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9721       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9722                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9723     }
9724   }
9725 }
9726 
9727 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9728   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9729   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9730 
9731   if (!D)
9732     return D;
9733   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9734 
9735   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9736     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9737   else
9738     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9739   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9740   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9741   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9742   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9743   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9744   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9745   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9746   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9747   // have the LSI properly restored.
9748   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9749     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9750       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9751       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9752     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9753   }
9754   else
9755     // Enter a new function scope
9756     PushFunctionScope();
9757 
9758   // See if this is a redefinition.
9759   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9760     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9761 
9762   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9763   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9764     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9765         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9766       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9767       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9768     }
9769   }
9770 
9771   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9772   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9773   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9774   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9775       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9776       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9777                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9778     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9779 
9780   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9781   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9782   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9783   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9784   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9785   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
9786   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9787     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9788 
9789     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9790       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9791       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9792       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9793               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9794         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9795         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9796           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9797                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9798             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9799             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9800       }
9801     }
9802   }
9803 
9804   if (FnBodyScope)
9805     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9806 
9807   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9808   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9809                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9810 
9811   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9812   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
9813     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9814 
9815     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9816     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9817       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9818 
9819       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9820     }
9821   }
9822 
9823   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9824   // introduce them into the function scope.
9825   if (FnBodyScope) {
9826     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9827              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9828              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9829          I != E; ++I) {
9830       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9831 
9832       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9833       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9834       // and reattach to the current context.
9835       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9836         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9837         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
9838           if (DI == D) {
9839             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9840             break;
9841           }
9842         }
9843         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9844         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9845       }
9846 
9847       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9848       if (!D->getName().empty())
9849         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9850 
9851       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9852       // accessible in this scope.
9853       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9854         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
9855           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9856       }
9857     }
9858   }
9859 
9860   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9861   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9862     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9863 
9864   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
9865   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
9866       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
9867     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
9868     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
9869     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9870     return D;
9871   }
9872   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9873   // a function template).
9874   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9875   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
9876       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
9877       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
9878     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
9879 
9880   return D;
9881 }
9882 
9883 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9884 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9885 /// optimization.
9886 ///
9887 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9888 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9889 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9890 /// use the named return value optimization.
9891 ///
9892 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9893 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
9894 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
9895 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9896   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9897 
9898   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9899     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
9900       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
9901         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
9902     }
9903   }
9904 }
9905 
9906 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
9907   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
9908   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9909     return false;
9910 
9911   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
9912   // return type (yet).
9913   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
9914     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
9915     // we can still delay parsing it.
9916     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
9917       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
9918       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
9919           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
9920         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
9921         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
9922       }
9923     }
9924     return false;
9925   }
9926 
9927   return true;
9928 }
9929 
9930 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9931   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9932   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9933   // rest of the file.
9934   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9935   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9936   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9937     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9938       return false;
9939   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9940 }
9941 
9942 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9943   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9944     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9945   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9946     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9947   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
9948 }
9949 
9950 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9951   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9952 }
9953 
9954 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9955                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9956   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
9957 
9958   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9959   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
9960 
9961   if (FD) {
9962     FD->setBody(Body);
9963 
9964     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9965         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9966       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9967       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9968       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9969       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9970         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9971             << FD->getReturnType();
9972         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9973       } else {
9974         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9975         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9976             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
9977         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9978             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9979       }
9980     }
9981 
9982     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9983     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9984     // is the first declaration.
9985     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9986       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9987         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9988       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9989                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9990                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9991         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9992     }
9993 
9994     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9995     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9996     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9997       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9998 
9999     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10000     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10001     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10002       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
10003 
10004     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10005       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10006       if (Body)
10007         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10008       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10009                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10010 
10011       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10012       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10013         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10014 
10015       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10016       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10017       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10018       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10019           !FD->isDependentContext())
10020         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10021     }
10022 
10023     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10024            "Function parsing confused");
10025   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10026     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10027     MD->setBody(Body);
10028     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10029       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10030       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10031                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10032 
10033       if (Body)
10034         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10035     }
10036     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10037       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10038         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10039       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10040     }
10041     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10042       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10043       bool isDesignated =
10044           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10045       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10046       (void)isDesignated;
10047 
10048       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10049         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10050         if (!IFace)
10051           return false;
10052         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10053         if (!SuperD)
10054           return false;
10055         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10056             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10057       };
10058       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10059       // of NSObject.
10060       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10061         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10062              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10063         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10064              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10065       }
10066       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10067     }
10068     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10069       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10070       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10071         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10072       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10073     }
10074   } else {
10075     return nullptr;
10076   }
10077 
10078   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10079          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10080          "handled in the block above.");
10081 
10082   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10083   if (Body) {
10084     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10085     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10086     // Verify this.
10087     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10088       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10089 
10090     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10091     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10092         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10093       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10094 
10095     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10096       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10097         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10098 
10099       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10100                                              Destructor->getParent());
10101     }
10102 
10103     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10104     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10105     // deletion in some later function.
10106     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10107         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10108       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10109     }
10110     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10111         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10112       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10113       // enabled.
10114       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10115     }
10116 
10117     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10118         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10119          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10120       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10121 
10122     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10123     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10124     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10125            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10126   }
10127 
10128   if (!IsInstantiation)
10129     PopDeclContext();
10130 
10131   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10132   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10133   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10134   // deletion in some later function.
10135   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10136     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10137   }
10138 
10139   return dcl;
10140 }
10141 
10142 
10143 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10144 /// relevant Decl.
10145 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10146                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10147   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10148   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10149     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10150   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10151 
10152   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10153     if (Method->isStatic())
10154       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10155 }
10156 
10157 
10158 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10159 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10160 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10161                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10162   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10163   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10164   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10165   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10166   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10167     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10168     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10169     return ExternCPrev;
10170   }
10171 
10172   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10173   unsigned diag_id;
10174   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10175     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10176   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10177     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10178   else
10179     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10180   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10181 
10182   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10183   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10184   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10185     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10186     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10187     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10188                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10189                                       CTK_NonError)))
10190       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10191                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10192   }
10193 
10194   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10195   const char *Dummy;
10196   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10197   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10198   unsigned DiagID;
10199   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10200                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10201   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10202   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10203   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10204   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10205   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10206                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10207                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10208                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10209                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10210                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10211                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10212                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10213                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10214                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10215                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10216                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10217                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10218                                              EST_None,
10219                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10220                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10221                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10222                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10223                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10224                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10225                 DS.getAttributes(),
10226                 SourceLocation());
10227   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10228 
10229   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10230 
10231   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10232   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10233 
10234   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10235   FD->setImplicit();
10236 
10237   CurContext = PrevDC;
10238 
10239   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10240 
10241   return FD;
10242 }
10243 
10244 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10245 /// the declaration of this function.
10246 ///
10247 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10248 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10249 /// like NSLog or printf.
10250 ///
10251 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10252 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10253 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10254   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10255     return;
10256 
10257   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10258   // actual attributes.
10259   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10260     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10261     unsigned FormatIdx;
10262     bool HasVAListArg;
10263     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10264       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10265         const char *fmt = "printf";
10266         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10267         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10268             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10269           fmt = "NSString";
10270         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10271                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10272                                                FormatIdx+1,
10273                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10274                                                FD->getLocation()));
10275       }
10276     }
10277     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10278                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10279      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10280        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10281                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10282                                               FormatIdx+1,
10283                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10284                                               FD->getLocation()));
10285     }
10286 
10287     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10288     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10289     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10290     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10291         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10292       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10293         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10294     }
10295 
10296     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10297         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10298       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10299                                          FD->getLocation()));
10300     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10301       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10302     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10303       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10304   }
10305 
10306   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10307   if (!Name)
10308     return;
10309   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10310        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10311       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10312        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10313        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10314     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10315     // about.
10316   } else
10317     return;
10318 
10319   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10320     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10321     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10322     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10323       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10324                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10325                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10326                                              FD->getLocation()));
10327   }
10328 
10329   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10330     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10331     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10332     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10333       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10334                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10335   }
10336 }
10337 
10338 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10339                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10340   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10341   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10342 
10343   if (!TInfo) {
10344     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10345     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10346   }
10347 
10348   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10349   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10350                                            D.getLocStart(),
10351                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10352                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10353                                            TInfo);
10354 
10355   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10356   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10357     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10358     return NewTD;
10359   }
10360 
10361   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10362     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10363       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10364         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10365         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10366         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10367     else
10368       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10369   }
10370 
10371   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10372   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10373   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10374   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10375   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10376   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10377   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10378   case TST_enum:
10379   case TST_struct:
10380   case TST_interface:
10381   case TST_union:
10382   case TST_class: {
10383     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10384 
10385     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10386     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10387     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10388     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10389 
10390     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10391     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10392 
10393     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10394     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10395       break;
10396 
10397     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10398     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10399     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10400     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10401     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10402     // for how to handle it.
10403     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10404       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10405 
10406       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10407       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10408 
10409       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10410       textToInsert += ' ';
10411       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10412       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10413         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10414       break;
10415     }
10416 
10417     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10418     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10419     break;
10420   }
10421 
10422   default:
10423     break;
10424   }
10425 
10426   return NewTD;
10427 }
10428 
10429 
10430 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10431 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10432   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10433   QualType T = TI->getType();
10434 
10435   if (T->isDependentType())
10436     return false;
10437 
10438   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10439     if (BT->isInteger())
10440       return false;
10441 
10442   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10443   return true;
10444 }
10445 
10446 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10447 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10448 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10449                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10450                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10451   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10452 
10453   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10454     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10455       << Prev->isScoped();
10456     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10457     return true;
10458   }
10459 
10460   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10461     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10462         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10463         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10464                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10465       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10466       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10467         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10468       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10469           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10470       return true;
10471     }
10472   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10473     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10474       << Prev->isFixed();
10475     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10476     return true;
10477   }
10478 
10479   return false;
10480 }
10481 
10482 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10483 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10484 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10485 ///
10486 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10487 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10488   switch (Tag) {
10489   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10490   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10491   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10492   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10493   }
10494 }
10495 
10496 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10497 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10498 ///
10499 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10500 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10501 {
10502   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10503 }
10504 
10505 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10506 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10507 ///
10508 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10509 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10510                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10511                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10512                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10513   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10514   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10515   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10516   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10517   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10518   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10519   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10520   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10521   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10522   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10523   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10524   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10525   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10526   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10527   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10528     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10529       return true;
10530 
10531   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10532     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10533     bool isTemplate = false;
10534     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10535       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10536 
10537     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10538       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10539       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10540       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10541         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10542         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10543       return true;
10544     }
10545 
10546     if (isDefinition) {
10547       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10548       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10549       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10550         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10551         return true;
10552       }
10553 
10554       bool previousMismatch = false;
10555       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10556         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10557           if (!previousMismatch) {
10558             previousMismatch = true;
10559             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10560               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10561               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10562           }
10563           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10564             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10565             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10566                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10567         }
10568       }
10569       return true;
10570     }
10571 
10572     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10573     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10574     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10575     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10576                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10577     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10578       return true;
10579     }
10580 
10581     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10582       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10583       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10584     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10585 
10586     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10587     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10588         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10589           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10590           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10591                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10592     }
10593 
10594     return true;
10595   }
10596   return false;
10597 }
10598 
10599 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10600 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10601 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10602 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10603 ///
10604 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10605 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10606 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10607                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10608                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10609                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10610                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10611                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10612                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10613                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10614                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10615                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10616                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10617   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10618   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10619   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10620          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10621   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10622 
10623   OwnedDecl = false;
10624   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10625   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10626 
10627   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10628   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10629   bool Invalid = false;
10630 
10631   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10632   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10633   // for non-C++ cases.
10634   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10635       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10636     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10637             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10638                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
10639                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10640       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10641         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10642         return nullptr;
10643       }
10644 
10645       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10646         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10647         // be a member of another template).
10648 
10649         if (Invalid)
10650           return nullptr;
10651 
10652         OwnedDecl = false;
10653         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10654                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10655                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10656                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10657                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10658                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10659         return Result.get();
10660       } else {
10661         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10662         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10663           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10664         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10665       }
10666     }
10667   }
10668 
10669   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10670   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10671   // redeclaration.
10672   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10673 
10674   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10675     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10676       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10677       // type, default to int.
10678       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10679     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10680       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10681       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10682       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
10683       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10684       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10685 
10686       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10687         // Recover by falling back to int.
10688         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10689 
10690       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10691                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10692         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10693 
10694     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10695       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10696       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10697   }
10698 
10699   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10700   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10701   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10702 
10703   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10704   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10705     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10706 
10707   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10708   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10709   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10710     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10711 
10712     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10713     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10714       Name = nullptr;
10715       goto CreateNewDecl;
10716     }
10717 
10718     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10719     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10720     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10721       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10722       if (!DC) {
10723         IsDependent = true;
10724         return nullptr;
10725       }
10726     } else {
10727       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10728       if (!DC) {
10729         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10730           << SS.getRange();
10731         return nullptr;
10732       }
10733     }
10734 
10735     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10736       return nullptr;
10737 
10738     SearchDC = DC;
10739     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10740     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10741 
10742     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10743       return nullptr;
10744 
10745     if (Previous.empty()) {
10746       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10747       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10748       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10749       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10750       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10751       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10752       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10753           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10754         IsDependent = true;
10755         return nullptr;
10756       }
10757 
10758       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10759       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10760         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10761       Name = nullptr;
10762       Invalid = true;
10763       goto CreateNewDecl;
10764     }
10765   } else if (Name) {
10766     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10767     // declaration or definition.
10768     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10769     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10770     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10771     LookupName(Previous, S);
10772 
10773     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10774     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10775     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10776         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10777       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10778       while (F.hasNext()) {
10779         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10780         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10781           F.erase();
10782       }
10783       F.done();
10784     }
10785 
10786     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10787     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10788     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10789     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10790     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10791     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10792     //
10793     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10794     // semantic context?
10795     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10796       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10797       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10798       while (F.hasNext()) {
10799         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10800         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10801         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10802             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10803           F.erase();
10804           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10805         }
10806       }
10807       F.done();
10808     }
10809 
10810     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10811     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10812       return nullptr;
10813 
10814     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10815       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10816       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10817       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10818       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10819       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10820         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10821     }
10822   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10823     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10824     // initial context to the translation unit.
10825     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10826     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10827   }
10828 
10829   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10830       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10831     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10832     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10833     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10834     Previous.clear();
10835   }
10836 
10837   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10838       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10839     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10840     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10841 
10842     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10843       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10844       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10845       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10846       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10847     }
10848   }
10849 
10850   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10851   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10852   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10853   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10854   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10855       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10856     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10857     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10858 
10859     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10860       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10861       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10862       //
10863       //          class-key identifier
10864       //
10865       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10866       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10867       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10868       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10869       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10870       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10871       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10872       //      declaration.
10873       //
10874       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10875       // C structs and unions.
10876       //
10877       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10878       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10879       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10880       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10881       //
10882       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10883       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10884       //
10885       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10886       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10887       // lexical context,
10888       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10889         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10890 
10891       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10892       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10893              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10894               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10895              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10896              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10897         S = S->getParent();
10898     } else {
10899       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10900       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10901       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10902       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10903       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10904       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10905     }
10906 
10907     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10908     // diagnose some problems.
10909     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10910       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10911       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10912     }
10913   }
10914 
10915   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10916     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10917     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10918         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10919 
10920     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10921     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10922     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10923     // in C++.
10924     //
10925     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10926     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10927     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10928     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10929     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10930       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10931         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10932           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10933           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10934               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10935                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10936             PrevDecl = Tag;
10937             Previous.clear();
10938             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10939             Previous.resolveKind();
10940           }
10941         }
10942       }
10943     }
10944 
10945     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10946       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10947       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10948       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10949       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10950           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10951                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10952         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10953         // struct or something similar.
10954         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10955                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10956                                           *Name)) {
10957           bool SafeToContinue
10958             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10959                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10960           if (SafeToContinue)
10961             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10962               << Name
10963               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10964                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10965           else
10966             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10967           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10968 
10969           if (SafeToContinue)
10970             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10971           else {
10972             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10973             Name = nullptr;
10974             Previous.clear();
10975             Invalid = true;
10976           }
10977         }
10978 
10979         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10980           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10981 
10982           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10983           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10984           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10985             if (ScopedEnum)
10986               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10987                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10988                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10989             return PrevTagDecl;
10990           }
10991 
10992           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10993           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10994             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10995           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10996             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10997 
10998           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10999           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11000           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11001           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11002                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11003             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11004         }
11005 
11006         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11007         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11008         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11009         //   and then later defined.
11010         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11011             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11012           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11013           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11014         }
11015 
11016         if (!Invalid) {
11017           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11018           // we have attributes.
11019 
11020           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11021           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11022           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11023           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11024           if (!Attr &&
11025               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11026                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11027                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11028             return PrevTagDecl;
11029 
11030           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11031           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11032             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11033               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11034               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11035               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11036               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11037               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11038                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11039                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11040                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11041                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11042                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11043                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11044                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11045                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11046               }
11047 
11048               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11049                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11050                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11051                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11052                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11053                 else
11054                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11055                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11056                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11057                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11058                 // references get the previous definition.
11059                 Name = nullptr;
11060                 Previous.clear();
11061                 Invalid = true;
11062               }
11063             } else {
11064               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11065               // about a nested redefinition.
11066               const TagType *Tag
11067                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11068               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11069                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11070                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11071                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11072                 Name = nullptr;
11073                 Previous.clear();
11074                 Invalid = true;
11075               }
11076             }
11077 
11078             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11079             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11080           }
11081 
11082           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11083           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11084           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11085           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11086             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11087             AS = AS_none;
11088           }
11089         }
11090         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11091         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11092 
11093       } else {
11094         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11095         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11096         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11097         // have distinct types.
11098         Previous.clear();
11099       }
11100       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11101       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11102       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11103 
11104 
11105     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11106     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11107     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11108     } else {
11109       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11110       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11111       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11112       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11113           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11114         unsigned Kind = 0;
11115         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11116         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11117         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11118         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11119         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11120         Invalid = true;
11121 
11122       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11123       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11124                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11125         // do nothing
11126 
11127       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11128       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11129         unsigned Kind = 0;
11130         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11131         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11132         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11133         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11134         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11135         Invalid = true;
11136 
11137       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11138       // case here.
11139       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11140         unsigned Kind = 0;
11141         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11142         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11143           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11144         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11145         Invalid = true;
11146 
11147       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11148       } else {
11149         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11150         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11151         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11152         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11153         Name = nullptr;
11154         Invalid = true;
11155       }
11156 
11157       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11158       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11159       Previous.clear();
11160     }
11161   }
11162 
11163 CreateNewDecl:
11164 
11165   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11166   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11167     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11168 
11169   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11170   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11171   // keyword.
11172   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11173 
11174   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11175   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11176   // PrevDecl.
11177   TagDecl *New;
11178 
11179   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11180   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11181     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11182     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11183     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11184                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11185                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11186     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11187     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11188       TagDecl *Def;
11189       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11190           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11191         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11192         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11193       }
11194       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11195         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11196           << New;
11197         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11198       } else {
11199         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11200         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11201           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11202         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11203           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11204         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11205 
11206         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11207         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11208         // the declaration context.
11209         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11210           IsForwardReference = true;
11211       }
11212     }
11213 
11214     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11215       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11216       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11217         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11218       else
11219         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11220       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11221     }
11222 
11223   } else {
11224     // struct/union/class
11225 
11226     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11227     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11228     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11229       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11230       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11231                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11232 
11233       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11234         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11235     } else
11236       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11237                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11238   }
11239 
11240   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11241   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11242   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11243     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11244       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11245     Invalid = true;
11246   }
11247 
11248   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11249   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11250     if (SS.isSet()) {
11251       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11252       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11253       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11254       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11255       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11256       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11257           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11258           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11259         Invalid = true;
11260 
11261       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11262       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11263         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11264                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11265                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11266       }
11267     }
11268     else
11269       Invalid = true;
11270   }
11271 
11272   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11273     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11274     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11275     //
11276     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11277     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11278     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11279     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11280     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11281     // parsing of the struct).
11282     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11283       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11284       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11285     }
11286   }
11287 
11288   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11289     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11290       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11291         << 2
11292         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11293     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11294     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11295     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11296     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11297       New->setModulePrivate();
11298   }
11299 
11300   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11301   // check the specialization.
11302   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11303     Invalid = true;
11304 
11305   if (Invalid)
11306     New->setInvalidDecl();
11307 
11308   if (Attr)
11309     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11310 
11311   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11312   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11313   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11314   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11315       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11316     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11317     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11318   }
11319 
11320   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11321   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11322   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11323 
11324   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11325   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11326   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11327   // the tag name visible.
11328   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11329     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11330                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11331 
11332   // Set the access specifier.
11333   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11334     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11335 
11336   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11337     New->startDefinition();
11338 
11339   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11340   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11341     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11342     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11343     if (PrevDecl)
11344       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11345 
11346     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11347     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11348     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11349       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11350         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11351   } else if (Name) {
11352     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11353     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11354     if (IsForwardReference)
11355       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11356 
11357   } else {
11358     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11359   }
11360 
11361   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11362   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11363     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11364         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11365         II->isStr("FILE"))
11366       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11367 
11368   if (PrevDecl)
11369     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11370 
11371   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11372   // record.
11373   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11374 
11375   OwnedDecl = true;
11376   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11377   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11378   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11379 }
11380 
11381 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11382   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11383   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11384 
11385   // Enter the tag context.
11386   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11387 
11388   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11389 
11390   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11391   // record.
11392   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11393 }
11394 
11395 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11396   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11397          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11398   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11399   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11400       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11401   CurContext = OCD;
11402   return IDecl;
11403 }
11404 
11405 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11406                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11407                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11408                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11409   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11410   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11411 
11412   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11413 
11414   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11415     return;
11416 
11417   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11418     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11419                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11420 
11421   // C++ [class]p2:
11422   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11423   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11424   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11425   //   as if it were a public member name.
11426   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11427     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11428                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11429                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11430                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11431                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11432   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11433   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11434   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11435   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11436       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11437   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11438   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11439          "Broken injected-class-name");
11440 }
11441 
11442 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11443                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11444   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11445   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11446   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11447 
11448   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11449   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11450     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11451     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11452       RD->completeDefinition();
11453   }
11454 
11455   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11456     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11457 
11458   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11459   PopDeclContext();
11460 
11461   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11462       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11463     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11464 
11465   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11466   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11467     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11468 }
11469 
11470 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11471   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11472   PopDeclContext();
11473 }
11474 
11475 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11476   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11477   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11478   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11479 }
11480 
11481 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11482   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11483   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11484 }
11485 
11486 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11487   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11488   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11489   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11490 
11491   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11492   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11493     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11494       RD->completeDefinition();
11495   }
11496 
11497   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11498   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11499   // the FieldCollector.
11500 
11501   PopDeclContext();
11502 }
11503 
11504 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11505 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11506                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11507                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11508                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11509   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11510   if (ZeroWidth)
11511     *ZeroWidth = true;
11512 
11513   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11514   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11515   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11516     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11517     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11518       return ExprError();
11519     if (FieldName)
11520       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11521         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11522     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11523       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11524   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11525                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11526     return ExprError();
11527 
11528   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11529   // it now.
11530   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11531     return BitWidth;
11532 
11533   llvm::APSInt Value;
11534   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11535   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11536     return ICE;
11537   BitWidth = ICE.get();
11538 
11539   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11540     *ZeroWidth = false;
11541 
11542   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11543   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11544     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11545 
11546   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11547     if (FieldName)
11548       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11549                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11550     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11551       << Value.toString(10);
11552   }
11553 
11554   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11555     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11556     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11557       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11558           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11559         if (FieldName)
11560           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11561             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11562             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11563 
11564         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11565           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11566       }
11567 
11568       if (FieldName)
11569         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11570           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11571           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11572       else
11573         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11574           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11575     }
11576   }
11577 
11578   return BitWidth;
11579 }
11580 
11581 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11582 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11583 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11584                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11585   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11586                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11587                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11588   return Res;
11589 }
11590 
11591 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11592 ///
11593 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11594                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11595                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11596                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11597                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11598   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11599   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11600   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11601 
11602   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11603   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11605     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11606 
11607     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11608                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11609       D.setInvalidType();
11610       T = Context.IntTy;
11611       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11612     }
11613   }
11614 
11615   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11616   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11617     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11618     D.setInvalidType();
11619   }
11620 
11621   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11622   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11623   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11624     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11625     D.setInvalidType();
11626   }
11627 
11628   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11629 
11630   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11631     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11632          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11633       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11634 
11635   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11636   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11637   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11638   LookupName(Previous, S);
11639   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11640     case LookupResult::Found:
11641     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11642       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11643       break;
11644 
11645     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11646       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11647       break;
11648 
11649     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11650     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11651     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11652       break;
11653   }
11654   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11655 
11656   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11657     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11658     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11659     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11660     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11661   }
11662 
11663   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11664     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11665 
11666   bool Mutable
11667     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11668   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11669   FieldDecl *NewFD
11670     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11671                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11672 
11673   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11674     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11675 
11676   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11677     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11678 
11679   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11680     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11681     // with the same name in the same scope.
11682   } else if (II) {
11683     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11684   } else
11685     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11686 
11687   return NewFD;
11688 }
11689 
11690 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11691 ///
11692 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11693 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11694 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11695 /// created.
11696 ///
11697 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11698 ///
11699 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11700 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11701                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11702                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11703                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11704                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11705                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11706                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11707                                 Declarator *D) {
11708   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11709   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11710   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11711 
11712   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11713   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11714   if (T.isNull()) {
11715     InvalidDecl = true;
11716     T = Context.IntTy;
11717   }
11718 
11719   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11720   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11721     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11722       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11723       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11724       InvalidDecl = true;
11725     } else {
11726       NamedDecl *Def;
11727       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11728       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11729         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11730         InvalidDecl = true;
11731       }
11732     }
11733   }
11734 
11735   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11736   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11737     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11738     InvalidDecl = true;
11739   }
11740 
11741   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11742   // than a variably modified type.
11743   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11744     bool SizeIsNegative;
11745     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11746 
11747     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11748       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11749                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11750                                                     Oversized);
11751     if (FixedTInfo) {
11752       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11753       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11754       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11755     } else {
11756       if (SizeIsNegative)
11757         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11758       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11759         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11760           << Oversized.toString(10);
11761       else
11762         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11763       InvalidDecl = true;
11764     }
11765   }
11766 
11767   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11768   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11769                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11770                                              AbstractFieldType))
11771     InvalidDecl = true;
11772 
11773   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11774   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11775   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11776     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11777                               &ZeroWidth).get();
11778     if (!BitWidth) {
11779       InvalidDecl = true;
11780       BitWidth = nullptr;
11781       ZeroWidth = false;
11782     }
11783   }
11784 
11785   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11786   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11787     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11788     if (T->isReferenceType())
11789       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11790     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11791       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11792 
11793     if (DiagID) {
11794       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11795       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11796         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11797       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11798       Mutable = false;
11799       InvalidDecl = true;
11800     }
11801   }
11802 
11803   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11804   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11805   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11806   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11807     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11808 
11809   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11810                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11811   if (InvalidDecl)
11812     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11813 
11814   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11815     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11816     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11817     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11818   }
11819 
11820   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11821     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11822       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11823         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11824         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11825           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11826           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11827           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11828           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11829           // objects.
11830           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11831             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11832         }
11833       }
11834 
11835       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11836       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11837       // enabled.
11838       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11839         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11840                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11841                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11842           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11843         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11844           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11845       }
11846     }
11847   }
11848 
11849   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11850   // representation, not a parser representation.
11851   if (D) {
11852     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11853     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11854 
11855     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11856       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11857   }
11858 
11859   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11860   // retainable type.
11861   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11862     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11863 
11864   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11865     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11866 
11867   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11868   return NewFD;
11869 }
11870 
11871 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11872   assert(FD);
11873   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11874 
11875   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11876     return false;
11877 
11878   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11879   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11880     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11881     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11882       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11883       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11884       // copy constructors.
11885 
11886       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11887       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11888       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11889       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11890       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11891       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11892       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11893         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11894       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11895         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11896       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11897         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11898       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11899         member = CXXDestructor;
11900 
11901       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11902         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11903             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11904           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11905           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11906           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11907           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11908           // members unavailable.
11909           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11910           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11911             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11912               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11913                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11914                                   Loc));
11915             return false;
11916           }
11917         }
11918 
11919         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11920                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11921                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11922           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11923         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11924         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11925       }
11926     }
11927   }
11928 
11929   return false;
11930 }
11931 
11932 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11933 ///  AST enum value.
11934 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11935 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11936   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11937   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11938   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11939   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11940   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11941   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11942   }
11943 }
11944 
11945 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11946 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11947 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11948                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11949                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11950                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11951 
11952   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11953   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11954   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11955   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11956 
11957   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11958   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11959 
11960   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11961   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11962 
11963   if (BitWidth) {
11964     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11965     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
11966     if (!BitWidth)
11967       D.setInvalidType();
11968   } else {
11969     // Not a bitfield.
11970 
11971     // validate II.
11972 
11973   }
11974   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11975     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11976     D.setInvalidType();
11977   }
11978   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11979   // than a variably modified type.
11980   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11981     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11982     D.setInvalidType();
11983   }
11984 
11985   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11986   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11987     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11988                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11989   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11990   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11991   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11992     return nullptr;
11993   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11994   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11995       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11996     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11997     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11998       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11999       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12000     }
12001     else
12002       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12003   } else {
12004     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12005         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12006       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12007         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12008         return nullptr;
12009       }
12010     }
12011     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12012   }
12013 
12014   // Construct the decl.
12015   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12016                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12017                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12018 
12019   if (II) {
12020     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12021                                            ForRedeclaration);
12022     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12023         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12024       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12025       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12026       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12027     }
12028   }
12029 
12030   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12031   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12032 
12033   if (D.isInvalidType())
12034     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12035 
12036   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12037   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12038     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12039 
12040   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12041     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12042 
12043   if (II) {
12044     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12045     // these to the interface.
12046     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12047     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12048   }
12049 
12050   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12051       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12052     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12053 
12054   return NewID;
12055 }
12056 
12057 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12058 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12059 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12060 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12061 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12062                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12063   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12064     return;
12065 
12066   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12067   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12068 
12069   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12070     return;
12071   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12072   if (!ID) {
12073     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12074       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12075         return;
12076     }
12077     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12078     else
12079       return;
12080   }
12081   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12082   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12083   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12084 
12085   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12086                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12087                               Context.CharTy,
12088                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12089                                                                DeclLoc),
12090                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12091                               true);
12092   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12093 }
12094 
12095 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12096                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12097                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12098   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12099 
12100   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12101   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12102   // it will now change.
12103   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12104     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12105     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12106     default: break;
12107     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12108       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12109       break;
12110     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12111       Context.
12112         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12113       break;
12114     }
12115   }
12116 
12117   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12118 
12119   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12120   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12121   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12122   if (Record) {
12123     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12124       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12125         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12126           ++NumNamedMembers;
12127     }
12128   }
12129 
12130   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12131   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12132 
12133   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12134   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12135        i != end; ++i) {
12136     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12137 
12138     // Get the type for the field.
12139     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12140 
12141     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12142       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12143       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12144     }
12145 
12146     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12147     // diagnostics about it.
12148     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12149       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12150       continue;
12151     }
12152 
12153     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12154     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12155     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12156     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12157     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12158     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12159     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12160     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12161     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12162     //   array.
12163     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12164       // Field declared as a function.
12165       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12166         << FD->getDeclName();
12167       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12168       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12169       continue;
12170     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12171                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12172                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12173                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12174                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12175       // Flexible array member.
12176       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12177       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12178       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12179       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12180       if (Record->isUnion())
12181         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12182                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12183                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12184                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12185                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12186       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12187         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12188                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12189                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12190                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12191                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12192                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12193                                  : 0;
12194 
12195       if (DiagID)
12196         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12197                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12198       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12199       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12200       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12201       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12202       // of the type.
12203       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12204         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12205           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12206             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12207       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12208         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12209           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12210 
12211       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12212       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12213       //
12214       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12215       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12216       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12217       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12218         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12219           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12220         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12221         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12222         continue;
12223       }
12224       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12225       if (Record)
12226         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12227     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12228                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12229                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12230       // Incomplete type
12231       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12232       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12233       continue;
12234     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12235       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12236         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12237         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12238           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12239         } else {
12240           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12241           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12242           // structures.
12243           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12244             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12245               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12246           else {
12247             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12248             // other structs as an extension.
12249             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12250               << FD->getDeclName();
12251             if (Record)
12252               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12253           }
12254         }
12255       }
12256       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12257           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12258                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12259                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12260         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12261         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12262       }
12263       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12264         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12265       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12266         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12267     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12268       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12269       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12270         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12271       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12272       FD->setType(T);
12273     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12274                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12275       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12276       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12277       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12278       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12279       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12280       QualType T = FD->getType();
12281       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12282       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12283         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12284         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12285           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12286             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12287                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12288                               loc));
12289           }
12290         } else {
12291           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12292             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12293         }
12294         ARCErrReported = true;
12295       }
12296     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12297                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12298                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12299       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12300           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12301         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12302       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12303         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12304         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12305             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12306           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12307         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12308                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12309                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12310       }
12311     }
12312     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12313       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12314     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12315     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12316       ++NumNamedMembers;
12317   }
12318 
12319   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12320   if (Record) {
12321     bool Completed = false;
12322     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12323       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12324         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12325         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12326                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12327                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12328           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12329 
12330         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12331           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12332             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12333             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12334               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12335                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12336           }
12337 
12338           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12339           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12340 
12341           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12342           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12343           // problem now.
12344           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12345             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12346             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12347 
12348             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12349                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12350                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12351               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12352                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12353                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12354                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12355                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12356                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12357                   continue;
12358 
12359                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12360                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12361                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12362                 //   program is ill-formed.
12363                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12364                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12365                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12366                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12367                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12368                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12369                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12370                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12371                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12372                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12373 
12374                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12375               }
12376             }
12377             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12378             Completed = true;
12379           }
12380         }
12381       }
12382     }
12383 
12384     if (!Completed)
12385       Record->completeDefinition();
12386 
12387     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12388       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12389 
12390       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12391         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12392                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12393                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12394     }
12395 
12396     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12397     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12398     // compatibility problems.
12399     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12400     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12401       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12402     } else {
12403       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12404       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12405       CheckForZeroSize =
12406           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12407           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12408           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12409     }
12410     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12411       bool ZeroSize = true;
12412       bool IsEmpty = true;
12413       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12414       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12415                                       E = Record->field_end();
12416            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12417         IsEmpty = false;
12418         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12419           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12420             ZeroSize = false;
12421         } else {
12422           ++NonBitFields;
12423           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12424           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12425               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12426             ZeroSize = false;
12427         }
12428       }
12429 
12430       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12431       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12432       // extern "C" block.
12433       if (ZeroSize) {
12434         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12435                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12436                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12437           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12438       }
12439 
12440       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12441       // but are accepted by GCC.
12442       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12443         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12444                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12445           << Record->isUnion();
12446       }
12447     }
12448   } else {
12449     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12450       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12451     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12452       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12453       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12454       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12455         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12456         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12457       }
12458       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12459       // duplicates.
12460       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12461         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12462     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12463                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12464       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12465       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12466         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12467         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12468         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12469       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12470       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12471       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12472     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12473                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12474       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12475       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12476       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12477       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12478       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12479       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12480       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12481       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12482         if (IDecl) {
12483           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12484               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12485             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12486                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12487             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12488             continue;
12489           }
12490           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12491             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12492                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12493               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12494                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12495               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12496               continue;
12497             }
12498           }
12499         }
12500         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12501         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12502       }
12503       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12504       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12505     }
12506   }
12507 
12508   if (Attr)
12509     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12510 }
12511 
12512 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12513 /// the given type T.
12514 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12515                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12516                                         QualType T) {
12517   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12518   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12519 
12520   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12521     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12522       --BitWidth;
12523     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12524   }
12525   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12526 }
12527 
12528 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12529 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12530 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12531   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12532   // enum checking below.
12533   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12534   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12535   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12536     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12537   };
12538   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12539     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12540     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12541   };
12542 
12543   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12544   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12545                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12546   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12547     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12548       return Types[I];
12549 
12550   return QualType();
12551 }
12552 
12553 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12554                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12555                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12556                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12557                                           Expr *Val) {
12558   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12559   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12560   QualType EltTy;
12561 
12562   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12563     Val = nullptr;
12564 
12565   if (Val)
12566     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
12567 
12568   if (Val) {
12569     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12570       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12571     else {
12572       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12573       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12574           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12575         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12576         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12577         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12578         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12579         ExprResult Converted =
12580           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12581                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12582         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12583           Val = nullptr;
12584         else
12585           Val = Converted.get();
12586       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12587                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12588                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
12589         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12590       } else {
12591         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12592           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12593 
12594           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12595           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12596           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12597           // expression checking.
12598           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12599             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12600               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12601               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12602             } else
12603               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12604           } else
12605             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12606         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12607           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12608           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12609           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12610           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12611           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12612           EltTy = Val->getType();
12613         } else {
12614           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12615           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12616           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12617           //   representable as an int.
12618 
12619           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12620           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12621             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12622               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12623               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12624           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12625             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12626             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12627           }
12628           EltTy = Val->getType();
12629         }
12630       }
12631     }
12632   }
12633 
12634   if (!Val) {
12635     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12636       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12637     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12638       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12639       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12640       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12641       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12642       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12643       //
12644       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12645       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12646       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12647         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12648       }
12649       else {
12650         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12651       }
12652     } else {
12653       // Assign the last value + 1.
12654       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12655       ++EnumVal;
12656       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12657 
12658       // Check for overflow on increment.
12659       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12660         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12661         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12662         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12663         //
12664         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12665         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12666         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12667         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12668         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12669         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12670         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12671         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12672           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12673           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12674           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12675           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12676           ++EnumVal;
12677           if (Enum->isFixed())
12678             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12679             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12680               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12681               << EltTy;
12682           else
12683             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12684               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12685         } else {
12686           EltTy = T;
12687         }
12688 
12689         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12690         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12691         // value, then increment.
12692         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12693         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12694         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12695         ++EnumVal;
12696 
12697         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12698         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12699         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12700         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12701         // integral type.
12702         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12703           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12704       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12705                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12706         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12707         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12708           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12709       }
12710     }
12711   }
12712 
12713   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12714     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12715     // enumerator's type.
12716     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12717     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12718   }
12719 
12720   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12721                                   Val, EnumVal);
12722 }
12723 
12724 
12725 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12726                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12727                               AttributeList *Attr,
12728                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12729   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12730   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12731     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12732 
12733   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12734   // we find one that is.
12735   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12736 
12737   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12738   // scope.
12739   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12740                                          ForRedeclaration);
12741   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12742     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12743     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12744     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12745     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12746   }
12747 
12748   if (PrevDecl) {
12749     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12750     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12751     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12752            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12753     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12754       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12755         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12756       else
12757         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12758       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12759       return nullptr;
12760     }
12761   }
12762 
12763   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12764   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12765   // different from T:
12766   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12767   // enumerated type
12768   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12769                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12770                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12771     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12772         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12773       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12774 
12775   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12776     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12777 
12778   if (New) {
12779     // Process attributes.
12780     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12781 
12782     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12783     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12784     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12785   }
12786 
12787   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12788 
12789   return New;
12790 }
12791 
12792 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12793 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12794 // Element2 = Element1
12795 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12796 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12797 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12798 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12799   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12800   if (!InitExpr)
12801     return true;
12802   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12803 
12804   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12805     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12806       return true;
12807     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12808     if (!IL)
12809       return true;
12810     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12811       return true;
12812 
12813     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12814   }
12815 
12816   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12817   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12818   if (!DRE)
12819     return true;
12820 
12821   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12822   if (!EnumConstant)
12823     return true;
12824 
12825   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12826       Enum)
12827     return true;
12828 
12829   return false;
12830 }
12831 
12832 struct DupKey {
12833   int64_t val;
12834   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12835   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12836     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12837 };
12838 
12839 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12840   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12841                 false);
12842 }
12843 
12844 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12845   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12846   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12847   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12848     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12849   }
12850   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12851     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12852            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12853   }
12854 };
12855 
12856 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12857 // a previous element has already been set to.
12858 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12859                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12860                                         QualType EnumType) {
12861   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12862                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12863       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12864     return;
12865   // Avoid anonymous enums
12866   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12867     return;
12868 
12869   // Only check for small enums.
12870   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12871     return;
12872 
12873   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12874   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12875 
12876   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12877   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12878           ValueToVectorMap;
12879 
12880   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12881   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12882 
12883   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12884   // an initialier.
12885   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12886     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12887 
12888     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12889     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12890     if (!ECD) {
12891       return;
12892     }
12893 
12894     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12895       continue;
12896 
12897     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12898     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12899 
12900     // First time encountering this value.
12901     if (Entry.isNull())
12902       Entry = ECD;
12903   }
12904 
12905   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12906   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12907     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12908     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12909       continue;
12910 
12911     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12912 
12913     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12914     if (Entry.isNull())
12915       continue;
12916 
12917     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12918       // Ensure constants are different.
12919       if (D == ECD)
12920         continue;
12921 
12922       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12923       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12924       Vec->push_back(D);
12925       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12926 
12927       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12928       Entry = Vec;
12929 
12930       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12931       // diagnostics.
12932       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12933       continue;
12934     }
12935 
12936     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12937     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12938     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12939       continue;
12940 
12941     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12942   }
12943 
12944   // Emit diagnostics.
12945   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12946                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12947        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12948     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12949     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12950 
12951     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12952     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12953     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12954       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12955       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12956     ++I;
12957 
12958     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12959     // the same value.
12960     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12961       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12962         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12963         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12964     delete Vec;
12965   }
12966 }
12967 
12968 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12969                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12970                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12971                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12972   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12973   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12974 
12975   if (Attr)
12976     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12977 
12978   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12979     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12980       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12981         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12982       if (!ECD) continue;
12983 
12984       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12985     }
12986 
12987     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12988     return;
12989   }
12990 
12991   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12992   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12993   // emit a warning.
12994   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12995   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12996   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12997 
12998   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12999   // reverse the list.
13000   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13001   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13002 
13003   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13004   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13005 
13006   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13007     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13008       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13009     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13010 
13011     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13012 
13013     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13014     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13015       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13016                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13017     else
13018       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13019                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13020 
13021     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13022     if (AllElementsInt)
13023       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13024   }
13025 
13026   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13027   QualType BestType;
13028   unsigned BestWidth;
13029 
13030   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13031   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13032   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13033   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13034   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13035   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13036   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13037   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13038   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13039   QualType BestPromotionType;
13040 
13041   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13042   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13043   // enum definitions.
13044   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13045     Packed = true;
13046 
13047   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13048     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13049     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13050       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13051     else
13052       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13053     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13054     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13055     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13056     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13057   }
13058   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13059     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13060     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13061     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13062     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13063       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13064       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13065     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13066                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13067       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13068       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13069     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13070       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13071       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13072     } else {
13073       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13074 
13075       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13076         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13077       } else {
13078         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13079 
13080         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13081           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13082         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13083       }
13084     }
13085     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13086   } else {
13087     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13088     // all of the enumerator values.
13089     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13090     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13091       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13092       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13093       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13094     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13095       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13096       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13097       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13098     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13099       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13100       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13101       BestPromotionType
13102         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13103                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13104     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13105                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13106       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13107       BestPromotionType
13108         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13109                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13110     } else {
13111       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13112       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13113              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13114       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13115       BestPromotionType
13116         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13117                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13118     }
13119   }
13120 
13121   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13122   // the type of the enum if needed.
13123   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13124     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13125     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13126 
13127     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13128     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13129     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13130     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13131     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13132 
13133     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13134     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13135 
13136     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13137     // the enum decl type.
13138     QualType NewTy;
13139     unsigned NewWidth;
13140     bool NewSign;
13141     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13142         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13143         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13144       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13145       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13146       NewSign = true;
13147     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13148       // Already the right type!
13149       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13150         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13151         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13152         // enumeration.
13153         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13154       continue;
13155     } else {
13156       NewTy = BestType;
13157       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13158       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13159     }
13160 
13161     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13162     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13163     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13164     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13165 
13166     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13167     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13168         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13169       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13170                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13171                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13172                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13173                                                 VK_RValue));
13174     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13175       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13176       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13177       // enumeration.
13178       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13179     else
13180       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13181   }
13182 
13183   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13184                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13185 
13186   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13187 
13188   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13189   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13190     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13191 }
13192 
13193 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13194                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13195                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13196   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13197 
13198   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13199                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13200                                                    EndLoc);
13201   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13202   return New;
13203 }
13204 
13205 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13206                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13207                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13208   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13209     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13210     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13211       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13212         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13213           << M->getFullModuleName();
13214         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13215         return;
13216       }
13217       break;
13218     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13219       break;
13220     }
13221     DC = LSD->getParent();
13222   }
13223 
13224   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13225     DC = DC->getParent();
13226   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13227     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13228       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13229     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13230            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13231       << DC;
13232   }
13233 }
13234 
13235 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13236                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13237                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13238   Module *Mod =
13239       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13240                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13241   if (!Mod)
13242     return true;
13243 
13244   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13245 
13246   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13247   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13248   // silently ignoring the import.
13249   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13250     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13251         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13252 
13253   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13254   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13255   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13256     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13257     // We need the length to be consistent.
13258     if (!ModCheck)
13259       break;
13260     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13261 
13262     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13263   }
13264 
13265   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13266                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13267                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13268                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13269   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13270   return Import;
13271 }
13272 
13273 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13274   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13275 
13276   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13277   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13278                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13279 }
13280 
13281 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13282                                                       Module *Mod) {
13283   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13284   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13285     return;
13286 
13287   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13288   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13289   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13290                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13291   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13292   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13293 
13294   // Make the module visible.
13295   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13296                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13297 }
13298 
13299 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13300                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13301                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13302                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13303                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13304   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13305                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13306   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13307                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13308 
13309   if (PrevDecl)
13310     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13311   else
13312     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13313       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13314 }
13315 
13316 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13317                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13318                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13319   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13320 
13321   if (PrevDecl) {
13322     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13323   } else {
13324     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13325       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13326         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13327   }
13328 }
13329 
13330 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13331                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13332                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13333                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13334                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13335   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13336                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13337   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13338 
13339   if (PrevDecl) {
13340     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13341       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13342         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13343   } else {
13344     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13345       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13346   }
13347 }
13348 
13349 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13350   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13351 }
13352 
13353 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13354   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13355   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13356   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13357   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13358   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13359   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13360   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13361     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13362     if (R != AR_Available)
13363       return R;
13364     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13365   }
13366   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13367   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13368   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13369             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13370     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13371   }
13372   return D->getAvailability();
13373 }
13374